WO2019040345A1 - Apparatus, system and method of multi access point (ap) channel bonding (macb) - Google Patents

Apparatus, system and method of multi access point (ap) channel bonding (macb) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019040345A1
WO2019040345A1 PCT/US2018/047012 US2018047012W WO2019040345A1 WO 2019040345 A1 WO2019040345 A1 WO 2019040345A1 US 2018047012 W US2018047012 W US 2018047012W WO 2019040345 A1 WO2019040345 A1 WO 2019040345A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
macb
transmission
sta
channel
over
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2018/047012
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Juan FANG
Minyoung Park
Alexander W. Min
Original Assignee
Intel Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Intel Corporation filed Critical Intel Corporation
Publication of WO2019040345A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019040345A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]
    • H04W74/0808Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access] using carrier sensing, e.g. as in CSMA
    • H04W74/0816Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access] using carrier sensing, e.g. as in CSMA carrier sensing with collision avoidance

Definitions

  • Embodiments described herein generally relate to Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB).
  • AP Multi Access Point
  • MACB Channel Bonding
  • Wireless communication networks may include one or more Access Points (APs) which may be configured to communicate Downlink (DL) and/or Uplink (UL) transmissions with one or more wireless communication stations (STAs).
  • APs Access Points
  • STAs wireless communication stations
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram illustration of a system, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic illustration of a Multi Access Point Channel Bonding (MACB) scheme, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB Multi Access Point Channel Bonding
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic illustration of an MACB communication scheme to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic illustration of an MACB communication scheme to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with multi-band operation (MBO), in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic illustration of a product of manufacture, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Discussions herein utilizing terms such as, for example, “processing”, “computing”, “calculating”, “determining”, “establishing”, “analyzing”, “checking”, or the like, may refer to operation(s) and/or process(es) of a computer, a computing platform, a computing system, or other electronic computing device, that manipulate and/or transform data represented as physical (e.g., electronic) quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories or other information storage medium that may store instructions to perform operations and/or processes.
  • processing may refer to operation(s) and/or process(es) of a computer, a computing platform, a computing system, or other electronic computing device, that manipulate and/or transform data represented as physical (e.g., electronic) quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories or other information storage medium that may store instructions to perform operations and/or processes.
  • plural and “a plurality”, as used herein, include, for example, “multiple” or “two or more”.
  • a plurality of items includes two or more items.
  • references to "one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, “demonstrative embodiment”, “various embodiments” etc. indicate that the embodiment(s) so described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but not every embodiment necessarily includes the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Further, repeated use of the phrase “in one embodiment” does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, although it may. [0030] As used herein, unless otherwise specified the use of the ordinal adjectives "first”, “second”, “third” etc., to describe a common object, merely indicate that different instances of like objects are being referred to, and are not intended to imply that the objects so described must be in a given sequence, either temporally, spatially, in ranking, or in any other manner.
  • Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with various devices and systems, for example, a User Equipment (UE), a Mobile Device (MD), a wireless station (STA), a Personal Computer (PC), a desktop computer, a mobile computer, a laptop computer, a notebook computer, a tablet computer, a server computer, a handheld computer, a handheld device, a wearable device, a sensor device, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) device, a handheld PDA device, an on-board device, an off-board device, a hybrid device, a vehicular device, a non-vehicular device, a mobile or portable device, a consumer device, a non-mobile or non-portable device, a wireless communication station, a wireless communication device, a wireless Access Point (AP), a wired or wireless router, a wired or wireless modem, a video device, an audio device, an audio-video (A/V) device, a wired or wireless network, a wireless
  • Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing IEEE 802.11 standards (including IEEE 802.11- 2016 ⁇ IEEE 802.11-2016, IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications, December 7, 2016); and/or IEEE 802.1 lay (P802.11ay Standard for Information Technology-- Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems Local and Metropolitan Area Networks— Specific Requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment: Enhanced Throughput for Operation in License-Exempt Bands Above 45 GHz)) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing WFA Peer-to-Peer (P2P) specifications (WiFi P2P technical specification, version 1.7, July 6, 2016) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, devices and/or networks
  • Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with one way and/or two-way radio communication systems, cellular radio-telephone communication systems, a mobile phone, a cellular telephone, a wireless telephone, a Personal Communication Systems (PCS) device, a PDA device which incorporates a wireless communication device, a mobile or portable Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a device which incorporates a GPS receiver or transceiver or chip, a device which incorporates an RFID element or chip, a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transceiver or device, a Single Input Multiple Output (SIMO) transceiver or device, a Multiple Input Single Output (MISO) transceiver or device, a device having one or more internal antennas and/or external antennas, Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) devices or systems, multi-standard radio devices or systems, a wired or wireless handheld device, e.g., a Smartphone, a Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) device, or the like.
  • WAP Wireless Application Protocol
  • Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with one or more types of wireless communication signals and/or systems, for example, Radio Frequency (RF), Infra Red (IR), Frequency-Division Multiplexing (FDM), Orthogonal FDM (OFDM), Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), FDM Time-Division Multiplexing (TDM), Time-Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Multi-User MIMO (MU-MIMO), Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA), Extended TDMA (E- TDMA), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), extended GPRS, Code-Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband CDMA (WCDMA), CDMA 2000, single- carrier CDMA, multi-carrier CDMA, Multi-Carrier Modulation (MDM), Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT), Bluetooth®, Global Positioning System (GPS), Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, ZigBeeTM, Ultra- Wideband (UWB), Global System for Mobile communication
  • wireless device includes, for example, a device capable of wireless communication, a communication device capable of wireless communication, a communication station capable of wireless communication, a portable or non-portable device capable of wireless communication, or the like.
  • a wireless device may be or may include a peripheral that is integrated with a computer, or a peripheral that is attached to a computer.
  • the term "wireless device” may optionally include a wireless service.
  • the term "communicating" as used herein with respect to a communication signal includes transmitting the communication signal and/or receiving the communication signal.
  • a communication unit which is capable of communicating a communication signal, may include a transmitter to transmit the communication signal to at least one other communication unit, and/or a communication receiver to receive the communication signal from at least one other communication unit.
  • the verb communicating may be used to refer to the action of transmitting or the action of receiving.
  • the phrase "communicating a signal” may refer to the action of transmitting the signal by a first device, and may not necessarily include the action of receiving the signal by a second device.
  • the phrase "communicating a signal” may refer to the action of receiving the signal by a first device, and may not necessarily include the action of transmitting the signal by a second device.
  • the communication signal may be transmitted and/or received, for example, in the form of Radio Frequency (RF) communication signals, and/or any other type of signal.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • circuitry may refer to, be part of, or include, an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), an integrated circuit, an electronic circuit, a processor (shared, dedicated, or group), and/or memory (shared, dedicated, or group), that execute one or more software or firmware programs, a combinational logic circuit, and/or other suitable hardware components that provide the described functionality.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the circuitry may be implemented in, or functions associated with the circuitry may be implemented by, one or more software or firmware modules.
  • circuitry may include logic, at least partially operable in hardware.
  • logic may refer, for example, to computing logic embedded in circuitry of a computing apparatus and/or computing logic stored in a memory of a computing apparatus.
  • the logic may be accessible by a processor of the computing apparatus to execute the computing logic to perform computing functions and/or operations.
  • logic may be embedded in various types of memory and/or firmware, e.g., silicon blocks of various chips and/or processors.
  • Logic may be included in, and/or implemented as part of, various circuitry, e.g. radio circuitry, receiver circuitry, control circuitry, transmitter circuitry, transceiver circuitry, processor circuitry, and/or the like.
  • logic may be embedded in volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory, including random access memory, read only memory, programmable memory, magnetic memory, flash memory, persistent memory, and the like.
  • Logic may be executed by one or more processors using memory, e.g., registers, stuck, buffers, and/or the like, coupled to the one or more processors, e.g., as necessary to execute the logic.
  • Some demonstrative embodiments may be used in conjunction with a WLAN, e.g., a WiFi network.
  • Other embodiments may be used in conjunction with any other suitable wireless communication network, for example, a wireless area network, a "piconet", a WPAN, a WVAN and the like.
  • Some demonstrative embodiments may be used in conjunction with a wireless communication network communicating over a frequency band of 2.4GHz, or 5GHz. However, other embodiments may be implemented utilizing any other suitable wireless communication frequency bands, for example, an Extremely High Frequency (EHF) band (the millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency band), e.g., a frequency band within the frequency band of between 20GHz and 300GHz, a WLAN frequency band, a WPAN frequency band, and the like.
  • EHF Extremely High Frequency
  • mmWave millimeter wave
  • the term "antenna”, as used herein, may include any suitable configuration, structure and/or arrangement of one or more antenna elements, components, units, assemblies and/or arrays.
  • the antenna may implement transmit and receive functionalities using separate transmit and receive antenna elements.
  • the antenna may implement transmit and receive functionalities using common and/or integrated transmit/receive elements.
  • the antenna may include, for example, a phased array antenna, a single element antenna, a
  • system 100 may include a wireless communication network including one or more wireless communication devices, e.g., wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180.
  • wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, for example, a UE, an MD, a STA, an AP, a PC, a desktop computer, a mobile computer, a laptop computer, an UltrabookTM computer, a notebook computer, a tablet computer, a server computer, a handheld computer, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, a sensor device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a PDA device, a handheld PDA device, an on-board device, an off-board device, a hybrid device (e.g., combining cellular phone functionalities with PDA device functionalities), a consumer device, a vehicular device, a non- vehicular device, a mobile or portable device, a non-mobile or non-portable device, a mobile phone, a cellular telephone, a PCS device, a PDA device which incorporates a wireless communication device, a mobile or portable GPS device, a DVB device, a relatively small
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more STAs.
  • device 102 may include at least one STA
  • device 140 may include at least one STA
  • device 160 may include at least one STA
  • device 180 may include at least one STA.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more WLAN STAs.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more Wi-Fi STAs. [0049] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more BT devices.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN) STAs.
  • NAN Neighbor Awareness Networking
  • at least one of wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180, e.g., devices 102 and/or 160 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of an AP STA, and/or one or more of wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180, e.g., devices 140 and/or 180, may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of a non-AP STA.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may operate as and/or perform the functionality of any other STA.
  • a station may include a logical entity that is a singly addressable instance of a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) interface to the wireless medium (WM).
  • the STA may perform any other additional or alternative functionality.
  • an AP may include an entity that contains a station (STA), e.g., one STA, and provides access to distribution services, via the wireless medium (WM) for associated STAs.
  • STA station
  • the AP may perform any other additional or alternative functionality.
  • a non-access-point (non-AP) station (STA) may include a STA that is not contained within an AP. The non-AP STA may perform any other additional or alternative functionality.
  • device 102 may include, for example, one or more of a processor 191, an input unit 192, an output unit 193, a memory unit 194, and/or a storage unit 195; and/or devices 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, for example, one or more of a processor 181, an input unit 182, an output unit 183, a memory unit 184, and/or a storage unit 185.
  • Devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may optionally include other suitable hardware components and/or software components.
  • some or all of the components of one or more of devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be enclosed in a common housing or packaging, and may be interconnected or operably associated using one or more wired or wireless links. In other embodiments, components of one or more of devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be distributed among multiple or separate devices.
  • processor 191 and/or processor 181 may include, for example, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), one or more processor cores, a single-core processor, a dual-core processor, a multiple-core processor, a microprocessor, a host processor, a controller, a plurality of processors or controllers, a chip, a microchip, one or more circuits, circuitry, a logic unit, an Integrated Circuit (IC), an Application-Specific IC (ASIC), or any other suitable multi-purpose or specific processor or controller.
  • Processor 191 executes instructions, for example, of an Operating System (OS) of device 102 and/or of one or more suitable applications.
  • Processor 181 executes instructions, for example, of an Operating System (OS) of device 140 and/or of one or more suitable applications.
  • OS Operating System
  • OS Operating System
  • input unit 192 and/or input unit 182 may include, for example, a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch-screen, a touch-pad, a track-ball, a stylus, a microphone, or other suitable pointing device or input device.
  • Output unit 193 and/or output unit 183 includes, for example, a monitor, a screen, a touch- screen, a flat panel display, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) display unit, a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) display unit, a plasma display unit, one or more audio speakers or earphones, or other suitable output devices.
  • LED Light Emitting Diode
  • LCD Liquid Crystal Display
  • memory unit 194 and/or memory unit 184 includes, for example, a Random Access Memory (RAM), a Read Only Memory (ROM), a Dynamic RAM (DRAM), a Synchronous DRAM (SD-RAM), a flash memory, a volatile memory, a non- volatile memory, a cache memory, a buffer, a short term memory unit, a long term memory unit, or other suitable memory units.
  • Storage unit 195 and/or storage unit 185 includes, for example, a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a Compact Disk (CD) drive, a CD-ROM drive, a DVD drive, or other suitable removable or non-removable storage units.
  • Memory unit 194 and/or storage unit 195 may store data processed by device 102.
  • Memory unit 184 and/or storage unit 185 may store data processed by device 140.
  • wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be capable of communicating content, data, information and/or signals via a wireless medium (WM) 103.
  • wireless medium 103 may include, for example, a radio channel, a cellular channel, a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Channel, an RF channel, a WiFi channel, an IR channel, a Bluetooth (BT) channel, and the like.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • BT Bluetooth
  • wireless communication medium 103 may include a wireless communication channel over a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz) frequency band, or a 5GHz frequency band, a millimeterWave (mmWave) frequency band, e.g., a 60GHz frequency band, a Sub-lGHz (S 1G) band, and/or any other frequency band.
  • GHz 2.4 Gigahertz
  • mmWave millimeterWave
  • 60GHz GHz frequency band
  • S 1G Sub-lGHz
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include one or more radios including circuitry and/or logic to perform wireless communication between devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 and/or one or more other wireless communication devices.
  • device 102 may include at least one radio 114
  • device 140 may include at least one radio 144
  • device 160 may include at least one radio 164.
  • radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include one or more wireless receivers (Rx) including circuitry and/or logic to receive wireless communication signals, RF signals, frames, blocks, transmission streams, packets, messages, data items, and/or data.
  • Rx wireless receivers
  • radio 114 may include at least one receiver 116
  • radio 144 may include at least one receiver 146
  • radio 164 may include at least one receiver 166.
  • radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include one or more wireless transmitters (Tx) including circuitry and/or logic to transmit wireless communication signals, RF signals, frames, blocks, transmission streams, packets, messages, data items, and/or data.
  • Tx wireless transmitters
  • radio 114 may include at least one transmitter 118
  • radio 144 may include at least one transmitter 148
  • radio 164 may include at least one transmitter 168.
  • radio 114, radio 144, and/or radio 164, transmitters 118, 148 and/or 168, and/or receivers 116, 146 and/or 166 may include circuitry; logic; Radio Frequency (RF) elements, circuitry and/or logic; baseband elements, circuitry and/or logic; modulation elements, circuitry and/or logic; demodulation elements, circuitry and/or logic; amplifiers; analog to digital and/or digital to analog converters; filters; and/or the like.
  • radio 114, radio 144 and/or radio 164 may include or may be implemented as part of a wireless Network Interface Card (NIC), and the like.
  • NIC wireless Network Interface Card
  • radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may be configured to communicate over a 2.4GHz band, a 5GHz band, an mmWave band, a S 1G band, and/or any other band.
  • radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include, or may be associated with, one or more antennas 107, 147 and/or 167, respectively.
  • device 102 may include a single antenna 107. In another example, device 102 may include two or more antennas 107.
  • device 140 may include a single antenna 147. In another example, device 140 may include two or more antennas 147. [0069] In one example, device 160 may include a single antenna 167. In another example, device 160 may include two or more antennas 167.
  • Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include any type of antennas suitable for transmitting and/or receiving wireless communication signals, blocks, frames, transmission streams, packets, messages and/or data.
  • antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include any suitable configuration, structure and/or arrangement of one or more antenna elements, components, units, assemblies and/or arrays.
  • Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include, for example, antennas suitable for directional communication, e.g., using beamforming techniques.
  • Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include a phased array antenna, a multiple element antenna, a set of switched beam antennas, and/or the like.
  • antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may implement transmit and receive functionalities using separate transmit and receive antenna elements. In some embodiments, antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may implement transmit and receive functionalities using common and/or integrated transmit/receive elements.
  • device 102 may include a controller 124
  • device 140 may include a controller 154
  • device 160 may include a controller 174.
  • Controller 124 may be configured to perform and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 102 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180, and/or one or more other devices; controller 154 may be configured to perform and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 140 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180 and/or one or more other devices, and/or controller 174 may be configured to perform, and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 160 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180 and/or one or more other devices, e.g.
  • controllers 124, 154 and/or 174 may include, or may be implemented, partially or entirely, by circuitry and/or logic, e.g., one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, memory circuitry and/or logic, Media-Access Control (MAC) circuitry and/or logic, Physical Layer (PHY) circuitry and/or logic, baseband (BB) circuitry and/or logic, a BB processor, a BB memory, Application Processor (AP) circuitry and/or logic, an AP processor, an AP memory, and/or any other circuitry and/or logic, configured to perform the functionality of controllers 124, 154 and/or 174, respectively.
  • circuitry and/or logic e.g., one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, memory circuitry and/or logic, Media-Access Control (MAC) circuitry and/or logic, Physical Layer (PHY) circuitry and/or logic, baseband (BB) circuitry and/or logic, a BB processor, a BB memory, Application Process
  • controllers 124, 154 and/or 174 may be implemented by logic, which may be executed by a machine and/or one or more processors, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 102, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 102, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein.
  • controller 124 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
  • controller 154 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 140, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 140, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein.
  • a wireless device e.g., device 140
  • a wireless station e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 140
  • controller 154 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
  • controller 174 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 160, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 160, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein.
  • a wireless device e.g., device 160
  • a wireless station e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 160
  • controller 174 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
  • controller 124 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 114
  • at least part of the functionality of controller 154 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 144
  • at least part of the functionality of controller 174 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 164.
  • controller 124 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 102
  • the functionality of controller 154 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 140
  • the functionality of controller 174 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 160.
  • device 102 may include a message processor 128 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 102.
  • message processor 128 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 102, and/or message processor 128 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 102, e.g., as described below.
  • message processor 128 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms.
  • message processor 128 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or
  • device 140 may include a message processor 158 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 140.
  • message processor 158 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 140, and/or message processor 158 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • message processor 158 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms.
  • message processor 158 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or
  • device 160 may include a message processor 178 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 160.
  • message processor 178 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 160, and/or message processor 178 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • message processor 178 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms.
  • message processor 178 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or
  • message processors 128, 158 and/or 178 may include, or may be implemented, partially or entirely, by circuitry and/or logic, e.g., one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, memory circuitry and/or logic, Media-Access Control (MAC) circuitry and/or logic, Physical Layer (PHY) circuitry and/or logic, BB circuitry and/or logic, a BB processor, a BB memory, AP circuitry and/or logic, an AP processor, an AP memory, and/or any other circuitry and/or logic, configured to perform the functionality of message processors 128, 158 and/or 178, respectively. Additionally or alternatively, one or more functionalities of message processors 128, 158 and/or 178 may be implemented by logic, which may be executed by a machine and/or one or more processors, e.g., as described below.
  • At least part of the functionality of message processor 128 may be implemented as part of radio 114, at least part of the functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of radio 144, and/or at least part of the functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of radio 164.
  • At least part of the functionality of message processor 128 may be implemented as part of controller 124, at least part of the functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of controller 154, and/or at least part of the functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of controller 174.
  • message processor 128 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 102
  • functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 140
  • functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 160.
  • controller 124 and/or message processor 128 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a System on Chip (SoC).
  • SoC System on Chip
  • the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 114.
  • the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 124, one or more elements of message processor 128, and/or one or more elements of radio 114.
  • controller 124, message processor 128, and radio 114 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
  • controller 124, message processor 128 and/or radio 114 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 102.
  • controller 154 and/or message processor 158 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a SoC.
  • the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 144.
  • the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 154, one or more elements of message processor 158, and/or one or more elements of radio 144.
  • controller 154, message processor 158, and radio 144 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
  • controller 154, message processor 158 and/or radio 144 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 140.
  • controller 174 and/or message processor 178 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a SoC.
  • the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 164.
  • the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 174, one or more elements of message processor 178, and/or one or more elements of radio 164.
  • controller 174, message processor 178, and radio 164 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
  • controller 174, message processor 178 and/or radio 164 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 160.
  • wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, or may communicate as part of, a wireless local area network (WLAN).
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, or may communicate as part of, a WiFi network.
  • wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, and/or communicate as part of, any other additional or alternative network.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to perform one or more operations, functionalities and/or communications according to a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) scheme, e.g., as described below.
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • an MACB transmission technique may be implemented, for example, to provide one or more technical benefits for wireless communication.
  • the MACB transmission technique may be implemented, for example, to provide a technical benefit of improving throughput performance of Cell Edge (CE) stations (STAs).
  • CE Cell Edge
  • an MACB scheme may be configured, for example, to allow to coordinate multiple APs to transmit downlink (DL) data packets to a STA, e.g., a CE STA, for example, over multiple channels, for example, over multiple adjacent 20 MHz channels, for example, to provide an increased aggregate DL physical data rate to the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
  • a STA e.g., a CE STA
  • MACB Multi Access Point Channel Bonding
  • the MACB scheme may be implemented for communication with a STA 240, denoted STA0, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP 202, denoted "AP0", a second AP 260, denoted “API”, a third AP 262, denoted "AP2", and/or a fourth AP 264, denoted AP3.
  • STA0 e.g., a CE STA
  • multiple APs e.g., including a first AP 202, denoted "AP0", a second AP 260, denoted “API”, a third AP 262, denoted "AP2”, and/or a fourth AP 264, denoted AP3.
  • the MACB scheme 200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP 202, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264, which may coordinate to serve the CE STA 240.
  • a master AP e.g., AP 202
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264
  • a secondary AP e.g., of APs 260, 262, and/or 264.
  • the master AP 202and/or the secondary APs e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264
  • the master AP 202, the secondary APs, e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264, and the CE STA 240 may perform one or more operations and/or communications to implement an MACB transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the CE STA 240 may be equipped with multiple receiver chains and may be able to process multiple asynchronous data streams 212 from the multiple APs, e.g., APs 202, 260, 262, and/or 264, over non-overlapping channels in parallel.
  • multiple APs e.g., APs 202, 260, 262, and/or 264
  • a receiver chain of the CE STA 240 over a channel may be able to remove the interference from adjacent channels, for example, with either analog or digital domain band pass filter and/or according to any other additional or alternative interference mitigation techniques.
  • the CE STA 240 may refrain from using the channel, for example, until the interference disappears.
  • MACB data transmission 300 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted "AP2”, and a fourth AP, denoted "AP3”, and a STA, denoted STAO, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • the MACB scheme 200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., the AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
  • a master AP e.g., the AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 300 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 308 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 308 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 310 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 312 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 314, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 300, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
  • the master AP may sense one or more secondary channels of the AP, for example, during an interval of A Point Coordination Function (PCF) Interframe Space (PIFS) time or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP, and may decide on a TX channel bandwidth.
  • PCF Point Coordination Function
  • PIFS Interframe Space
  • the phrase "secondary channels" may relate to secondary channels of the master AP.
  • the coordinated APs such as API, AP2 and AP3
  • secondary 20 MHz channel 312 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 314 may be idle.
  • the master AP AP0
  • MACB-RTS 20 MHz MACB request-to-send
  • the CE STA e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frames 320
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • the STA may monitor the CCA, for example, over the entire 80 MHz channel 312, for a predefined time period, for example, a Short Interframe Space (SIFS) time 321 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320.
  • SIFS Short Interframe Space
  • the STA may transmit one or more trigger frames (MACB -TRIGGER) 322, for example, only over the channels, which are idle, e.g., over channels 310, 312 and/or 314.
  • MACB -TRIGGER trigger frames
  • the STA may transmit four duplicate 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 to all coordinated APs, e.g., APs 0- 3.
  • the STA may only transmit a 20MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 322 to the master AP.
  • the STA may only transmit two duplicate 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 over the primary and secondary 20MHz channels 310 and 312 to two of the coordinated APs, e.g., to APs 0-1).
  • a SIFS time 321 or any other time after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 320, may transmit four duplicated 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 to all the coordinated APs, e.g., including the master AP and all secondary APs, e.g., APs 0-3.
  • the MACB-trigger frame 322 may include, for example, specific information to parameterize the DL MACB data transmission.
  • a SIFS time 323 or any other time after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 322, all the coordinated APs, which are identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 322, may transmit data packets 324 to the STA over each of the 20 MHz channels, e.g., simultaneously.
  • a SIFS time 325 or any other time after the reception of the data packets 324 from all the coordinated APs, e.g., from APs 0-3, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the data packets 324, may transmit a feedback block acknowledge (BA) frame 326, for example, over each of the 20 MHz channels of the 80MHz channel 308.
  • BA feedback block acknowledge
  • the MACB scheme 300 may be configured to address one or more technical aspects, for example, to support efficient transmission, for example, even in cases that one or more of the secondary channels are busy, e.g., as described below.
  • a secondary 20 MHz channel is busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 4, both the secondary 20 MHz channel and a secondary 40 MHz are busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 5, or the secondary 20MHz channel is idle and the secondary 40 MHz channel is busy e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 6, then the master AP (AP 0) may transmit the MACB-RTS only over some of the channels, e.g., as described below.
  • MACB data transmission 400 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted "AP2”, and a fourth AP, denoted "AP3”, and a STA, denoted STAO, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • MACB data transmission 400 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
  • a master AP e.g., AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 400 may be over an 80MHz channel 408 BW including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 408 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 410 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 412 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 414, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 400, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
  • the master AP may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 420 (Fig. 2) to the STA.
  • the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB- TRIGGER frame 422 to the master AP0, for example, if the STA senses the primary channel 410 and the secondary 40 MHz channels 414 are idle.
  • secondary channel 412 may be busy, and, accordingly, trigger frame 422 may be transmitted only to the master AP.
  • the master APO may transmit a data packet 424 to the STA over the primary 20 MHz channel 410.
  • a SIFS time 425 or any other time after the reception of the data packet 424 from the master AP, the STA, e.g. the receiver of the data packet 424, may feedback a BA frame 426.
  • data frame 424 may be transmitted only from the master AP, e.g., if secondary channel 412 is busy prior to transmission of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 422.
  • the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., from APs0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel 408 may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 412, is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 420, for example, even if the secondary channel 412 may soon become available.
  • This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs0-3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
  • MACB data transmission 500 may be over an 80MHz channel 508 BW including a first, a second, a third, and a fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 508 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 510 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 512 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 514, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • MACB data transmission 500 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., APO, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
  • MACB data transmission 500 may be over an 80MHz channel 508 BW including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 500, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
  • the master AP 240 may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 520 to the STA.
  • the STA e.g. the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 520, may transmit a 20 MHz MACB- TRIGGER frame 522.
  • both secondary channels 512 and 514 may be busy, and accordingly, trigger frame 522 may be transmitted only to the master AP.
  • the master APO may transmit a data packet 524 to the STAOover the primary 20 MHz channel 510.
  • data frame 524 may be transmitted only from the mater APO, e.g., if both secondary channels 512 and 514 are busy, prior to transmission of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 522.
  • the STA e.g., the receiver of the data packet 524, may feedback a BA frame 526.
  • the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., APs0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA, e.g., the STA, over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 512, and/or the 40 MHz channel 514 is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 520, for example, even if the secondary channels 512 and/or 514 may soon become available.
  • This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs 0-3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
  • FIG. 6 schematically illustrates an MACB data transmission 600 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB data transmission 600 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted “AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted "AP3”, and a STA, denoted STA0, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • MACB data transmission 600 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
  • a master AP e.g., AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 600 may be over an 80MHz channel 608 BW including a first, a second, a third, and a fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 608 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 610 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 612 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 614, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 600, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
  • the master AP may transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 620 to the STA, for example, if the master AP senses the secondary channel 614 is busy.
  • the STA may transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 622 to two of the coordinated APs, e.g., to the master AP and API, for example, if the STA0 senses the primary channel 610 and the secondary channel 612 are idle.
  • the master AP and API may transmit data packets 624 to the STA over the primary channel 610 and secondary 20 MHz channel 612, respectively.
  • the STA e.g., the receiver of the data packet 624, may feedback a BA frame 626.
  • the STA e.g., the receiver of the data packet 624
  • the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., APs 0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA, over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 40MHz channel 614 is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 620, for example, even if the secondary channel 614 may soon become available.
  • This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs 0- 3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
  • an MACB data transmissions from multiple APs e.g., from APs 0-3, to the CE STA over four adjacent 20 MHz channels may not be initiated, for example, in one or more cases, for example, if a secondary 20 MHz channel and/or a 40 MHz channel are sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before an MACB-RTS frame transmission, for example, even if the secondary channels may soon become available.
  • This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
  • an MACB scheme may be configured to utilize an enhanced multiple-AP channel bonding transmission, which may be configured to minimize a waste of spectrum resources, for example, by enabling asynchronous or delayed downlink transmissions from coordinated APs, for example, using self-interference cancellation (SIC) techniques, which may be available in antenna, analog circuitries and digital baseband, and multiple receiver chains in the STA, e.g., as described below.
  • SIC self-interference cancellation
  • the MACB scheme may be configured to enable one or more APs, e.g., SIC-capable APs, to decode the MACB-TRIGGER frame from the CE STA over their secondary channels, for example, while transmitting data on their primary 20 MHz channel, e.g., as described below.
  • APs e.g., SIC-capable APs
  • the primary channel of the coordinated APs may be different from the primary channel of the CE STA.
  • the APs may be allowed to start a DL data transmission to the CE STA, for example, to achieve higher throughput performance, e.g., as described below.
  • the CE STA may be configured to process multiple streams from multiple APs asynchronously, e.g., in parallel with multiple receiver chains.
  • a coordinated AP may be configured to suppress its own transmitted signal (self-interference), for example, sufficient enough to perform signal detection on adjacent channels, thereby allowing the AP to decode the information indicated in the MACB -TRIGGER frame sent by the CE STA, for example, even while transmitting data over the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels.
  • self-interference for example, sufficient enough to perform signal detection on adjacent channels, thereby allowing the AP to decode the information indicated in the MACB -TRIGGER frame sent by the CE STA, for example, even while transmitting data over the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels.
  • the CE STA may be equipped with multiple receiver chains and/or may be capable of processing multiple data packets sent from multiple APs, e.g., asynchronously in parallel.
  • the coordinated AP(s) may be allowed to opportunistically initiate an additional MACB data transmission to a CE STA over the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels of the CE STA, for example, even during an on-going data transmission from the master AP to the CE STA over the primary 20 MHz channel, for example, to allow improved DL throughput performance of the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
  • a coordinated AP may be able to decode an MACB-TRIGGER frame from a CE STA over secondary channels of the coordinated AP, e.g., primary 20MHz or secondary 40MHz of a master AP, for example, using the SIC capability or any other additional or alternative technique, for example, while transmitting data over a primary channel of the coordinated AP, e.g., secondary 20MHz channel of the master AP, to its associated STA.
  • the coordinated AP can start a DL data transmission to the CE STA.
  • the CE STA may be capable of processing multiple data packets, e.g., sent from multiple APs over different 20 MHz channels asynchronously in parallel, for example, with multiple receiver chains.
  • an enhanced wideband transmission technique may not be suitable for some implementations.
  • an enhanced wideband transmission technique may utilize a SIC capability of an AP to sense secondary channels and/or to initiate wideband data transmission in the middle of an on-going narrowband data transmission, so as to increase the DL physical data rate to a STA.
  • this approach may work only when the STA is able to communicate with the AP over a wide bandwidth, e.g., a BW of 80 MHz.
  • the MACB schemes described herein may be implemented, for example, to enable enhanced wideband transmission even to CE STAs, and/or other STAs, which are able to only communicate with the AP over narrow bandwidth, e.g., a BW of 20MHz, for example, by initiating MACB data transmission even during an on-going narrowband data transmission.
  • the MACB may provide an increased, e.g., up to four times, physical data rate gain with coordination of four APs, for example, when comparing to the case where the CE STA can only receive a 20 MHz data packet from a single AP.
  • this can be done by the master AP continuously sensing the secondary channels using the SIC capability.
  • this approach may work only when the CE STA is receiving data from a single AP, e.g., as shown in Figs. 4 and 5.
  • this approach may not efficiently support initiating the MACB data transmission from multiple APs to the CE STA, e.g., if one or more secondary APs are busy or the Network Allocation Vector (NAV) setting is not expired.
  • NAV Network Allocation Vector
  • BSSs Basic Service Sets
  • the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels may be occupied by other STAs.
  • the master AP, secondary APs and/or the STA may be allowed to initiate the transmission, for example, based on one or more criteria and/or conditions, e.g., as described below.
  • device 102 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the master AP; device 140 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the CE STA, device 160 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of a secondary AP, and/or device 180 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more other STAs, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, e.g., as described below.
  • the plurality of channels may include a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • the primary channel may include a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel. In other embodiments, the primary channel may include any other channel.
  • the plurality of secondary channels may include at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. In other embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include any other channels.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit to a wireless station (STA), e.g., STA 140, an MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, for example, when at least the primary channel is idle, e.g., as described below.
  • STA wireless station
  • MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, for example, when at least the primary channel is idle, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB DL transmission may include a first DL transmission (also referred to as a "master DL transmission") from a first AP, e.g., device 102, to device 140 over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions (also referred to as "secondary DL transmissions") from one or more second APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • a first DL transmission also referred to as a "master DL transmission”
  • second DL transmissions also referred to as “secondary DL transmissions”
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., as described below.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs, e.g., device 160, over at least one of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, e.g., as described below.
  • the one or more idle channels may include at least the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may receive the MACB- RTS frame from device 102, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive from device 102 the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140 during the MACB period, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB DL transmission may include the first DL transmission from device 102 to device 140, e.g., the master DL transmission, over the first channel and the one or more second DL transmissions, e.g., the secondary DL transmissions, from the one or more second APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over the one or more second channels.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive, e.g., from device 102, the one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame, for example, over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, e.g., as described below.
  • the one or more idle channels may include at least the first channel, e.g., the primary channel of device 102, and the at least one busy channel may include at least one of the one or more second channels, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit an MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB -trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the one or more STA-indicated channels may include the at least one busy secondary channel.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include resource allocation information and/or Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, e.g., as described below.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, and/or the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below.
  • device 102 may receive the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive from device 140 the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the MACB -trigger frame from device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to configure the first DL transmission based on the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame from device 102, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may receive the first DL transmission from device 102, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below.
  • the one or more DL transmissions may include at least the first DL transmission from device 102 over the first channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit, e.g., to device 102, a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • device 102 may receive the BA from device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the BA from device 140, for example, to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs, for example, device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • device 160 may detect the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to, during communication between device 160 and another wireless communication device, e.g., device 180, over a primary channel of device 160, detect the MACB -trigger frame from device 102, as described below.
  • the MACB-trigger frame from device 102 may indicate the MACB time period of the MACB DL transmission to device 140, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from device 160 to device 102 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., a secondary DL transmission of the secondary DL transmissions, and a second DL transmission from device 102 to device 140 over a secondary channel of device 160, for example, the master DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the primary channel of device 160 may include a primary 20 MHz channel
  • the secondary channel of device 160 may include a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB-trigger frame may include the one or more STA-indicated channels including at least the primary channel of device 160, for example, the at least one busy secondary channel of the plurality of channels, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to, after completion of the communication with device 180 over the primary channel of device 160, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to configure the first DL transmission, e.g., the secondary DL transmission, based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., as described below.
  • the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include the resource allocation information and the MCS information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, and/or the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from device 180 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • the acknowledgement from device 180 may acknowledge completion of the communication with device 180, as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel of device 160, for example, prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • CF-End Contention-Free End
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a CTS-to-Self frame over the primary channel of device 160, for example, to reserve the primary channel of device 160 for the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive a BA from device 140 to acknowledge the first DL transmission, for example, the secondary DL transmission, from device 160, e.g., as described below.
  • devices 102, 140, 160, and/or 180 may be configured to communicate over two different frequency bands, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB RTS frame and/or the MACB-trigger frame may be communicated over a first frequency band, and/or the MACB DL transmission may be communicated over a second frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • the plurality of channels e.g. form the MACB data transmission, sensed by device 102, may be in a first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., to device 140, and to receive the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., from device 140, in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may receive the first DL transmission, e.g., the master transmission, from device 102 over a first channel in a first frequency band, and the one or more second DL transmissions, the secondary DL transmissions, from device 160, over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive the MACB-RTS, e.g., from device 102, and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame, e.g., to device 102, over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • the primary channel and the secondary channel of device 160 may be in a first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive the MACB -trigger frame, from device 140, in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to perform one or more operations of an MACB transmission scheme, for example, when a secondary 20 MHz channel is busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 7; when a secondary 20 MHz and a secondary 40 MHz channel are busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 8; and/or even when a secondary 40 MHz channel is busy e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 9.
  • an MACB transmission scheme for example, when a secondary 20 MHz channel is busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 7; when a secondary 20 MHz and a secondary 40 MHz channel are busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 8; and/or even when a secondary 40 MHz channel is busy e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 9.
  • FIG. 7 schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 700, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB data transmission 700 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted “AP0", a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted “AP3”; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STA0”, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, and a second STA, denoted "STA1".
  • MACB data transmission 700 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
  • device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; device 160 (Fig.
  • a secondary AP e.g., of APs 1-3
  • device 180 may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, STA1.
  • MACB data transmission 700 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 708 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 708 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 710 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 712 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 714, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • the MACB transmission 700 may be performed, for example, even when the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 is busy, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP0 may sense the secondary channels 712 and/or 714, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
  • the master AP0, secondary APs 1-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure, e.g., as described above with reference to Fig. 3.
  • the master AP, secondary AP and/or STA may perform MACB transmission 700, for example, if the secondary 40 MHz channel 714 is idle and the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 is busy, for example, occupied for data transmission 731 from first secondary API to its associated STA1, e.g., as describe below.
  • the master AP0 may transmit three duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 720 over the primary 20 MHZ channel 710 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 714 to the STA0.
  • the master AP0 may transmit a 20 MHz PPDU packet 724 to the STA0 over the primary 20 MHz channel 710, for example, based on the information indicated in an MACB-TRIGGER frame 722 from the STA0.
  • the master AP0 may wait for a BA frame 720 over the transmitted channel, e.g. the primary 20 MHz channel 710.
  • the first secondary AP may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, by utilizing self-interference cancellation (SIC) techniques and/or any other additional or alternative techniques.
  • SIC self-interference cancellation
  • the API may initiate an MACB data transmission 734 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 after the current packet exchange 731 with STAl.
  • the API may wait for a BA frame 732 from STAl over the transmitted channel 712.
  • the API may prepare a DL data packet 734 for STA0, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB- TRIGGER frame 722.
  • the packet transmission 734 from API to the STA0 may be completed, for example, by the end of packet transmission 724 from the master AP0 to the STA0, e.g., over the primary channel 710.
  • a SIFS time or any other time after reception of the BA frame 732 from the STA1, the API may initiate the data packet transmission 734 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712.
  • the API may reserve the medium, for example, with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchange with the STA1.
  • the API may send a Contention Free end (CF-End) frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV.
  • CF-End Contention Free end
  • the API may send a Clear to Send to self (CTS-to-self frame), e.g., a SIFS time after the reception of the BA frame 732 from the STA1, for example, to reserve the medium for packet transmission 734 to the STA0.
  • CTS-to-self frame e.g., a SIFS time after the reception of the BA frame 732 from the STA1, for example, to reserve the medium for packet transmission 734 to the STA0.
  • the API may wait for a BA frame 727 over the transmitted channel 712.
  • the one or more other secondary APs may transmit data packets 735 to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
  • the other secondary APs e.g., AP2 and AP3, which may be identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 722, may transmit data packets 735 to the STA0 over the third and fourth 20 MHz channels, respectively, e.g., the secondary 40MHZ channel 714.
  • AP2 and AP3 may wait for a BA frame 728 over the transmitted channel 714.
  • the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB -TRIGGER frames 722, for example, when it receives the one or more MACB-RTS frames 720 from the master AP0.
  • the STAO may respond with three duplicated MACB -TRIGGER frames 722 over the primary 20 MHz channel 710 and secondary 40 MHz channel 714, for example, to trigger the master AP0, and the secondary APs, AP2 and AP3, to transmit DL data packets 735 to the STAO.
  • the STAO may receive DL data packets 734 and 735, e.g., the three 20 MHz packets, for example, three 20 MHz A-MPDU packets, and decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
  • the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, using multiple receiver chains.
  • the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, in parallel with the packet reception over the primary 20 MHz channel 710 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 714.
  • the packet receptions over different channels may be done using the different receiver chains.
  • a SIFS time 725 or any other time after the reception of the date packets 724, 734, and/or 735 from all the coordinated APs, e.g., APs0-3, the STAO may respond back BA frames 726 over the channels it has received packet.
  • FIG. 8 schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 800, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB data transmission 800 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "APO", a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted “AP3”; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STAO”, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, a second STA, denoted "STA1", a third STA, denoted "STA2", and a fourth STA, denoted "STA3".
  • MACB data transmission 800 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., APO, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
  • a master AP e.g., APO
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 800 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 808 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 808 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 810 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 812 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 814, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • the master APO may sense the secondary channels 812 and/or 814, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
  • the master APO, secondary APsl-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure 300 (Fig. 3).
  • the MACB transmission 800 may be performed, for example, when the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 814 are busy, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP, secondary APs 1-3 and/or STAs 0-3 may perform MACB transmission 800, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 814 are busy, for example, occupied for data transmissions from APs 1-3 to their associated STAs, STAs 1-3, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 820 to STAO.
  • a SIFS time 823 or any other time after the reception of an MACB-TRIGGER frame 822 from the STAO, the master APO may transmit a 20 MHz PPDU packet 824 to the STAO, for example, in accordance with an A-MPDU format of an IEEE 802.1 lac Specification or any other Specification.
  • the master APO may wait for a BA frame 826 over the transmitted channel 810.
  • one or more of the secondary APs may transmit data packets 831, 832 and 833, to STAsl-3 over three 20 MHz secondary channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808, respectively.
  • the APsl-3 may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 810, for example, by utilizing SIC and/or any other technique.
  • the secondary APs may initiate the MACB data transmission to the STAO over the secondary 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808, for example, after current packet exchange 831, 832, and 833 with STAs 1-3, respectively.
  • the APs 1-3 may wait for BA frames 835 over the respective transmitted channel.
  • APs 1-3 may prepare the DL data packets 836 for the STAO, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 822.
  • the packet transmissions 836 from APs 1-3 to the STAO may be completed, for example, by the end of packet transmission 824 from the master AP0 to the STAO over the primary channel 810.
  • APs 1-3 may initiate data packet transmission 836 to the STAO over the secondary, third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808.
  • the APs 1-3 may reserve the medium with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchanges 831, 832, and/or 833 with STAs 1-3, for example, in order to protect from 3rd party STAs the packet transmissions 836 from APs 1-3 to the STAO over the secondary 20 and/or secondary 40 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808. For example, if there is no packet transmission from APs 1-3 to the STAO after the packet transmission to STAs 1-3, the APs 1-3 may send a CF-End frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV. For example, the APs 1-3 may send a CTS-to-self frame SIFS time after the reception of the BA frames 835 from STAs 1-3 to reserve the medium for packet transmissions 836 to STA 0.
  • APs 1-3 may wait for BA frames 826 over the transmitted channel.
  • the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB-TRIGGER frames 822, for example, when it receives one or more MACB-RTS frames 820 from the master AP0.
  • the STAO may respond with one MACB -TRIGGER frame 822 over the primary 20 MHz channel 810, for example, to trigger the master AP0 to transmit DL data packet 824 to the STAO.
  • the STAO may receive the 20 MHz packet 824, e.g., 20 MHz A-MPDU packet, and may decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
  • the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and/or the secondary 40 MHz channel 814, for example, using multiple receiver chains. For example, once the STAO detects a new packet over the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and/or the secondary 40 MHz channel 814, the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808 in parallel with the packet reception of the data packet 824 over the primary 20 MHz channel 810. The packet receptions over different channels may be performed, for example, over different receiver chains.
  • the STAO may respond back with BA frames 826 to the APs0-3 over the channels it has received a packet.
  • FIG. 9 schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 900, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB data transmission 900 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted “AP0", a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted “AP3”; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STAO”, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, a second STA, denoted "STA2", and a third STA, denoted "STA3".
  • MACB data transmission 900 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
  • a master AP e.g., AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 900 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 908 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
  • the 80 MHz channel 908 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 910 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 912 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 914, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
  • the master APO may sense the secondary channels 912 and/or 914, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
  • the master APO, secondary APs 1-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure 300 (Fig. 3).
  • the MACB transmission 900 may be performed, for example, when the secondary 40 MHz channel 914 is busy, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP, the secondary APs and/or the STAs may perform MACB transmission 900, for example, if the secondary 40 MHz channel 914 is busy, for example, occupied for data transmission from APs2-3 to their associated STAs, e.g., STAs2-3, respectively, e.g., as described below.
  • the master APO may transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 920 to the STAO over the primary channel 910 and the secondary 20 MHz channel 912.
  • the master APO may transmit to the STA0 a 20 MHz PPDU packet 924, for example, in accordance with an A-MPDU format, e.g., in compliance with an IEEE 802.11ac Specification, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922.
  • the master APO may wait for a BA frame 926 from the STA0 over the transmitted channel 910.
  • a SIFS time 923 or any other time after the reception of MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 from the STA0, a first secondary AP (AP 1), which may be identified in the MACB- TRIGGER frame 920, may transmit a data packet 934 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 912.
  • AP 1 a first secondary AP
  • the API may wait for a BA frame 926 over the transmitted channel 912.
  • one or more of the secondary APs may transmit data packets 931 and 932 to STA2 and/or STA3 over the third and/or fourth channel 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, respectively.
  • AP2 and/or AP3 may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 910, for example, by utilizing SIC and/or any other technique.
  • AP2 and/or AP3 may initiate the MACB data transmission to the STA0 over the third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, for example, after current packet exchange 931 and 932 with STA2 and/or STA3, respectively.
  • the AP2 and AP3 may wait for BA frames 933 over the transmitted channel 914.
  • the AP2 and/or AP3 may prepare the data packets 935 for the STAO, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 from the STAO.
  • the packet transmission 935 from AP2 and/or AP3 to the STA 0 may be completed by the end of packet transmission 924 from the master APO to the STAO over the primary channel 910.
  • a SIFS time or any other time after reception of the BA frame 933 from STA 2 and/or STA 3, the AP2 and/or AP3 may initiate data packet transmission 935 to the STAO over the third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908.
  • the API and/or AP2 may reserve the medium with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchanges 931 and 932 with STA 1 and/or STA 2. For example, if there is no packet transmission from API and/or AP2 to the STAO after the packet transmission to STA1 and/or ST 2, the API and/or AP2 may send a CF-End frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV. For example, the API and/or AP2 may send a CTS-to-self frame SIFS time after the reception of the BA frames 933 from STA1 and/or STA 2 to reserve the medium for packet transmission 935 to the STAO.
  • the AP2 and/or AP3 may wait for BA frames 926 over the transmitted channel.
  • the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB-TRIGGER frames 922, for example, when it receives one or more MACB-RTS frames 920 from the master APO.
  • the STAO may respond with two duplicated MACB -TRIGGER frames 922 over the primary and secondary 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, for example, to trigger the master AP0 and API to transmit DL data packets 924 and 934, respectively, to the STA 0.
  • the STAO may receive the two 20 MHz packets 924 and/or 934, e.g., two 20 MHz A- MPDU packets, and may decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
  • the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 40 MHz channel 914, for example, using multiple receiver chains. For example, once the STAO detects a new packet over the secondary 40 MHz channel 914, the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary channels 914, e.g., in parallel with the packet reception over the primary channel 910 and the secondary 20 MHz channel 912. The packet receptions over different channels may be performed, for example, over different receiver chains.
  • the STAO may respond back with BA frames 926 over the channels it has received a packet.
  • an MACB scheme e.g., MACB scheme 300 (Fig. 3) may be configured to address one or more technical aspects, for example, to support efficient transmission, for example, even in cases that an AP and/or the CE STA cannot reach one another, e.g., as described below.
  • an MACB data transmission from an AP to a cell edge STA may not be initiated successfully, for example due to a large propagation loss and/or asymmetric transmit powers of the AP and the STA, e.g., as described below.
  • Fig. 10 schematically illustrates an MACB communication scheme 1000 between an AP 1002 and a CE STA 1040 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA 1040; and/or device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, one of the AP 1002.
  • STA 1040 and AP 1002 may reach each other with 20MHz signals.
  • AP 1002 may only reach CE STA 1040 with a 20MHz signal 1007.
  • STA 1040 may only reach AP 1002 with a 20MHz signal 1047.
  • STA 1040 may not be able to reach AP 1002 using a 80MHz signal 1049.
  • transmission range of 20MHz signals 1047 and 1007 is greater than 80MHz signal 1049, e.g., when using the same transmit power for STA 1040 and AP 1002.
  • FIG. 11 schematically illustrates an MACB communication scheme 1100 between an AP 1102 and a CE STA 1140 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • device 140 may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA 1140; and/or device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, one of the AP 1002.
  • AP 1102 may reach CE STA 1140 with a 20MHz signal 1107 and/or a 80MHz signal 1109.
  • STA 1140 may reach AP 1102 with a 20MHz signal 1147.
  • STA 1140 may not be able to reach AP 1102 using a 80MHz signal 1149.
  • transmission range of 80MHz signal 1109 e.g., over the 5GHz band
  • 80MHz signal 1149 e.g., over the 5GHz band
  • a STA and an AP may not be able to exchange four duplicated 20MHz MACB-RTS or MACB -TRIGGER frames from a beginning of the frame exchange sequence, for example, to enable an MACB data transmission, e.g., MACB data transmission 300.
  • an MACB scheme may implement an MACB MAC protocol, which may utilize a first band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, for control frames such as MACB-RTS, MACB -TRIGGER and BA frames; and/or utilize a second band, e.g., the 5GHz band, for downlink MACB data transmissions, e.g., as described below.
  • a first band e.g., the 2.4 GHz band
  • control frames such as MACB-RTS, MACB -TRIGGER and BA frames
  • a second band e.g., the 5GHz band
  • the MACB MAC protocol may utilize the 2.4 GHz band for the control frames, e.g. the MACB-RTS, the MACB -TRIGGER and/or the BA frames, for example, to enable a link between the AP and the CE STA having a better link budget, e.g., having a reduced propagation loss e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB MAC protocol may utilize the 5 GHz band for downlink MACB data transmissions, which may provide a wider bandwidth, e.g., 80 or 160MHz channel BW, compared to the 2.4GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to support concurrent Multi-Band Operation (MBO), e.g., operating at both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
  • MBO Multi-Band Operation
  • the concurrent multi-band operation may enable a cell edge STA to exchange the control frames, such as MACB-RTS, MACB-TRIGGER and BA frames, with coordinated APs, for example, using the 2.4GHz band; and/or to initiate the downlink MACB data transmission from multiple APs at the same time successfully using the 5GHz band, which may provide up to four times throughput gain for the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
  • control frames such as MACB-RTS, MACB-TRIGGER and BA frames
  • devices 102, 140 160 and/or 180 may be configured to perform MACB data transmission using concurrent multi-band operation, e.g., as described below.
  • device 102 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the master AP; device 140 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the CE STA, device 160 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of a secondary AP, and/or device 180 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more other STAs e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • the plurality of channels may include a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • the plurality of secondary channels may include at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. In other embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include any other channels.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit to a wireless station (STA), e.g., STA 140, an MACB-RTS frame over a second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4GHz band, to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, for example, when at least the primary channel is idle, e.g., as described below.
  • STA wireless station
  • a second frequency band e.g., the 2.4GHz band
  • the first frequency band may include the 5 GHz band
  • the second frequency band may include the 2.4GHz band. In other embodiments, any other frequency bands may be used.
  • the MACB-RTS frame may include an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the MACB DL transmission may include a first DL transmission (also referred to as a "master DL transmission") from device 102 to device 140 over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions (also referred to as "secondary DL transmissions") from one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
  • a first DL transmission also referred to as a "master DL transmission” from device 102 to device 140 over the primary channel
  • second DL transmissions also referred to as “secondary DL transmissions”
  • secondary APs also referred to as “secondary DL transmissions”
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a PIFS before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs, e.g., device 160, over at least one of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • the at least one idle channel may include at least the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may receive the MACB- RTS frame from device 102, for example, over the 2.4GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive from device 102 the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140 during the MACB period, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB-RTS frame may be received by device 140, for example, over the second frequency band different from the first frequency band, for example, over the 2.4GHz band e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit an MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the second frequency band e.g., the 2.4 GHz band
  • the MACB-trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the one or more STA-indicated channels may include the at least one busy channel, which is detected by device 140 to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include resource allocation information and/or MCS information, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band, for example, in the 5GHZ band, e.g., as described below.
  • device 102 may receive the MACB- trigger frame from device 140 over the second frequency band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the MACB -trigger frame from device 140 over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2,4 GHZ band, to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the second frequency band e.g., the 2,4 GHZ band
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive from device 140 the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to configure the first DL transmission based on the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame from device 102, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit a CTS-to-self frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle, for example, after receipt of the MACB- trigger frame and prior to the transmission of the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may receive the MACB transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit, e.g., to device 102, a BA to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • device 102 may receive the BA from device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the BA from device 140, for example, to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • device 160 may detect the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive from device 140 the MACB trigger frame to indicate the MACB time period of the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140, e.g., as described below.
  • the MACB DL transmission may include at least a first DL transmission from device 160 to device 140 over a first channel of device 160 in a first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHz band, and a second DL transmission from device 102 to device 140 over a second channel in the first frequency band.
  • a first frequency band e.g., the 5GHz band
  • the MACB-trigger frame may be received by device 160 over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4GHz band, which different from the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • the second frequency band e.g., the 2.4GHz band
  • the 5GHz band e.g., as described below.
  • the first channel of device 160 may include a primary 20 MHz channel of device 160
  • the second channel of device 160 may include a secondary 20MHz channel of device 160.
  • the MACB-trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • the one or more STA-indicated channels may include at least the first channel of device 160 in the first frequency band.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 over the first channel of device 160 in the first frequency band, for example, the 5Ghz band, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to configure the first DL transmission, e.g., the secondary DL transmission, based on the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame, e.g., as described above.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a CTS-to-Self frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive a BA from device 140 to acknowledge the first DL transmission, for example, the secondary DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • Fig. 12 schematically illustrates an MACB transmission 1200 with multi-band operation (MBO), in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB transmission 1200 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • MACB data transmission 1200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
  • device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA;
  • device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0;
  • device 160 Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3.
  • MACB transmission 1200 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
  • the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
  • the master AP0, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master AP0 and/or the secondary APs 1-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP may checks its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands. If the NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands are clear or reset, the master AP0 may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • a predefined time duration e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the master AP may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below. [00413] In one example, as shown in Fig. 12, all the channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
  • the master AP may send a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 1202 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the MACB-RTS frame 1202 may include specific information, for example, to indicate that one or more channels over the 5GHz band, e.g., the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4, may be used for MACB data transmission in a following TXOP.
  • third party devices which may be able to decode the MACB-RTS frame 1202 in the 2.4GHz band and may support the multi-band operation (MBO), may be required to set their NAVs over the 5GHz channels chl-ch4.
  • MBO multi-band operation
  • the STA e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 1202 may monitor a CCA 1241 for the four channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band, e.g., after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 1202.
  • the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204 to all the coordinated APs (APs 0- 3) over the 2.4GHz band, for example, if the STA detects that one or more 20 MHz channels are available over the 5 GHz channels chl-ch4 for a predefined time duration, e.g. a SIFS or any other predefined time duration, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 1202.
  • a predefined time duration e.g. a SIFS or any other predefined time duration
  • the STA may trigger AP0-AP3 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl-ch4, respectively, for example, if the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 are idle.
  • the STA may only trigger AP0-AP1 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl-ch2, respectively, for example, if only chl and ch2 are idle.
  • the STA may only trigger AP0 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl, for example, if only chl is idle.
  • the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204 may include specific information to parameterize the DL MACB Data transmission.
  • all the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204, may monitor their CCA 1205 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
  • all the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204 may monitor their CCA 1205 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
  • an AP each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a CTS-to-self frame 1206 to reserve the channel for a DL data transmission 1208, and may send a DL data packet 1208 to the CE STA over an assigned 5GHz band channel, for example, SIFS or any other time, after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1206, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1204.
  • an assigned 5GHz band channel for example, SIFS or any other time
  • a predefined time duration e.g. DIFS or any other time
  • third party devices that can decode the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1024 and support the MBO operation may set their NAVs over the 5GHz band channels that are scheduled for the MACB data transmission.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1209 over the 2.4GHz band.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1210 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1212 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1210, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band.
  • MACB-BA Req MACB block acknowledge request 1210
  • an AP e.g., AP0-3
  • the AP can access the 2.4GHz band to communicate with other associated STAs at the same time.
  • the AP when the AP is exchanging the MACB-BA Req. 1210 and BA frame 1212 with the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band, the AP can access the 5GHz band to communicate with other associated STAs at the same time.
  • the MACB-RTS frame and the MACB-TRIGGER frame may be transmitted over the 2.4GHz band, e.g., the MACB-RTS frame 1202 and the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1204.
  • the MACB-RTS frame and the MACB-TRIGGER may indicate the MACB data transmission over the 5Ghz band.
  • the master AP and the CE STA can prevent third party devices that support the MBO operation from accessing the 5GHz band channels, e.g., the 5GHz chl-4.
  • the master AP and the CE STA cannot prevent other third party devices that do not support MBO operation and//or the MACB data transmission from accessing the 5GHz channels during the MACB-RTS or MACB -TRIGGER frame transmission and interfering the following MACB data transmission.
  • the master AP and the CE STA may perform one or more operations, for example, to prevent interference of the MACB data transmission by the other third devices that do not support the MACB data transmission, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP and the CE STA may transmit the MACB-RTS and MACB -TRIGGER frame, respectively, over the 2.4GHz band with a transmit power, which may enable the control frame exchange to initiate the MACB data transmission from all the coordinated APs, e.g. APs0-3, to the CE STA.
  • the master AP and the CE STA may transmit duplicated MACB-RTS and MACB -TRIGGER frames, respectively, over the 5GHz band with a remaining transmit power to reserve the 5GHz channels for the following MACB data transmission, e.g., from the third party devices that are near the master AP and the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to communicate one or more control frames, e.g., the MACB RTS and/or the MACB trigger frames, which may be duplicated over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands using different transmit powers, e.g., described below.
  • control frames e.g., the MACB RTS and/or the MACB trigger frames
  • device 102 may assign different transmit powers to the MACB-RTS frames over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHz band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • the first transmit power may be less than the second transmit power, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may assign different transmit powers to the MACB -trigger frames over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHZ band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, for example, e.g., the 2.4GHZ band, e.g., as described below.
  • the first transmit power may be less than the second transmit power, e.g., as described below.
  • FIG. 13 schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 1300 with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB transmission 1300 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted "AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • MACB data transmission 1300 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
  • a master AP e.g., AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 1300 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
  • the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
  • the master AP0, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master AP0 and/or the secondary APs 1-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP may checks its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands. If the NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands are clear or reset, the master AP0 may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • a predefined time duration e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the master AP may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below.
  • all the 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
  • the master AP may transmit a 20MHz MACB-RTS frame 1302 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the master AP may transmit four duplicated MACB-RTS frames 1322 to the STA over the 5GHz band, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 for the following MACB data transmission from third party devices that may not support the MBO operation and/or the MACB data transmission and/or may be near the master AP and/or the STA.
  • the master AP may assign 80% of the total transmit power over the 2.4GHz band for the MACB- RTS frame 1302.
  • the master AP may assign 20% of the total transmit power over the 5GHz band for the four duplicated MACB-RTS frames 1322.
  • the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the STA may transmit four duplicated MACB-TRIGGER frames 1344 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 5GHz band, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 from third party devices that may not support the MACB data transmission.
  • the STA may assign 80% of total transmit power over the 2.4GHz band for the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304.
  • the STA may assign 20% of total transmit power over the 5GHz band for the four duplicated MACB-TRIGGER frames 1344, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 for the following MACB data transmission from third party devices that may not support the MBO operation and/or the MACB data transmission and that may be near the master AP and/or the STA.
  • the STA may assign 20% of total transmit power over the 5GHz band for the four duplicated MACB-TRIGGER frames 1344, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 for the following MACB data transmission from third party devices that may not support the MBO operation and/or the MACB data transmission and that may be near the master AP and/or the STA.
  • all the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304, may monitor their CCA 1305 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
  • each AP of APs 0-3 may transmit CTS-to-self frame 1306 to reserve the channel for a DL data transmission 1308 and may send a DL data packet 1308 to the CE STA over an assigned 5GHz band channel, for example, a SIFS or any other time after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1306, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1309 over the 2.4GHz band.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1310 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1312 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1310, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band.
  • MACB-BA Req MACB block acknowledge request 1310
  • the DL data packets for the CE STA may be transmitted over the 5GHz band, e.g., over the 5GHz channels chl-ch4.
  • a CE STA if a CE STA is able to receive data packets over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time, it may be beneficial to trigger multiple APs, which are coordinated with the CE STA, to transmit the DL data packets to the STA not only over 5GHz band but also over the 2.4GHz band, for example, to improve a performance of a CE STA, e.g., as described below.
  • devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to communicate DL data packets, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., described below.
  • device 102 may be configured to transmit the DL data packets to device 140, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
  • controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 that the MACB DL transmission, e.g., to device 140, is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, e.g., the 5GHZ and the 2.4GHZ bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • device 140 may be configured to indicate to device 102 to transmit the DL data packets to device 140, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands.
  • controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB -trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, e.g., the 5GHZ and the 2.4GHZ bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from device 102 the another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below.
  • the first and second frequency bands e.g., the 5GHZ and the 2.4GHZ bands
  • FIG. 14 schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 1400 with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • MACB transmission 1400 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0”, a second AP, denoted “API”, a third AP, denoted “AP2”, a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
  • MACB data transmission 1400 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
  • a master AP e.g., AP0
  • secondary APs e.g., APs 1-3
  • MACB data transmission 1400 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
  • the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
  • the master APO, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master APO and/or the secondary APsl-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
  • the master AP may check its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands.
  • the master APO may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, for example, immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • a predefined time duration e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, for example, immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the master AP may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below.
  • all the channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
  • the master AP may transmit a 20MHz MACB-RTS frame 1402 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 2.4GHz band.
  • the CE STA may indicate in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 that the master AP is to transmit DL data packets to the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band and 5GHz band chl.
  • the CE STA may indicate in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 that APs 1-3 are to transmit DL data packet to the CE STA over the 5GHz band ch2- ch4.
  • the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 may monitor their CCA 1405 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
  • each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a CTS-to-self frame 1406 to reserve the channel for the DL data transmission, and may send a DL data packet to the CE STA over an assigned channel, e.g., SIFS or any other time, after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1406, for example, if the assigned channel is idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
  • an assigned channel e.g., SIFS or any other time
  • the master AP0 may transmit a DL data packet 1408 over the 2.4 GHz band and a another DL data packet 1418 over the 5GHz channel chl.
  • each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a DL data packet 1428 to the CE STA, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
  • a predefined time duration e.g. DIFS or any other time
  • the CE STA may transmit a block acknowledge (BA) 1419 to acknowledge data transmissions 1408, 1418 and 1428.
  • BA block acknowledge
  • the master AP may send DL data packet 1408 to the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band, SIFS time or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
  • APsO-4 may monitor their CCA 1405 over the 5GHz band, and transmit CTS-to-self frame 1406 to reserve the channel for the following DL data transmission, e.g., if the assigned channel is idle.
  • the APsl-3 may send the DL data packet 1428 to the CE STA over the assigned 5GHz band channel.
  • the CE STA may feedback a BA frame 1419 to all of the coordinated APsO-3 over the 2.4GHz band.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1409 over the 2.4GHz band.
  • each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1410 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1412 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1410, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band.
  • MACB-BA Req MACB block acknowledge request 1410
  • the CE STA may determine the MCS and/or resource unit (RU) that each AP of the associated APs0-3 can use to transmit the DL data packets to the STA, for example, based on the channel condition from the coordinated APs0-3 to the CE STA, the current available channel bandwidth over the 2.4GHz and/or 5GHz bands, the buffered data at all the coordinated APs for the STA, and/or any other condition.
  • RU resource unit
  • the MCS and/or RU information may be indicated in the trigger frame 1404 sent by the CE STA to all of the coordinated APs over the 2.4GHz band.
  • a SIFS time or any other time after the reception of the trigger frame 1404 over 2.4GHz band, all of the coordinated APs may send DL data packets to the CE STA over an assigned RU with a selected MCS, e.g., as defined in trigger frame 1404.
  • Fig. 15 schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • a system e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig.
  • a radio e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig.
  • the method may include sensing at a first AP an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels including a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to sense the idle/busy state of the plurality of channels including the primary channel and the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a STA an MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to device 140 (Fig.
  • the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1), the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include receiving an MACB- trigger frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above.
  • Fig. 16 which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 16 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig.
  • a wireless device for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
  • a controller e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1)
  • a radio e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1)
  • a message processor e.g., message processor 128 (
  • the method may include, during communication between a first AP and a first STA over a primary channel of the first AP, detect at the first AP, an MACB-trigger frame from a second STA, the MACB -trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB DL transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP.
  • controller 174 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig.
  • the method may include after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
  • controller 164 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to, after completion of the communication with device 180 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above.
  • Fig. 17 schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • a system e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1)
  • one or more wireless devices e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1)
  • a controller e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1)
  • a radio e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1)
  • a message processor e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
  • the method may include receiving at a STA an MACB-RTS frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-RTS frame from device 102 (Fig. 1) to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig.
  • the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and the one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels including at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel including at least one of the one or more second channels.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to detect the one or more idle channels and the at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels including the at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel including the at least one of the one or more second channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include transmitting an MACB- trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to transmit the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions including at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, receive the one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions including at least the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) over the first channel, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include during the MACB period, monitoring the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, monitor the busy channel for a DL transmission from device 160 (Fig. 1), e.g., as described above.
  • Fig. 18, schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 18 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig.
  • the method may include sensing at a first AP an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels including a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to sense the idle/busy state of the plurality of channels in the 5GHz band including the primary channel and the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a STA an MACB-RTS frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to device 140 (Fig.
  • the MACB-RTS frame over the 2.4GHz band to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1), the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include receiving an MACB- trigger frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) over the 2.4GHz band to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
  • controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above.
  • Fig. 19 schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
  • a system e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
  • a controller e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1)
  • a radio e.g., radio
  • the method may include receiving at a first AP an MACB-trigger frame from a STA to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • controller 174 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig.
  • the MACB-trigger frame to be received by device 160 (Fig. 1) over the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • controller 164 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the first channel in the 5Ghz band, e.g., as described above.
  • Fig. 20 schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig.
  • system 20 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
  • a system 100 Fig. 1
  • wireless devices e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1)
  • controller e.g., controller 124 (Fig.
  • the method may include receiving at a STA an MACB-RTS frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig.
  • the MACB-RTS frame from device 102 (Fig. 1) to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) during the MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel in the 5GHz band and the one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) in the 5GHz band, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include transmitting an MACB- trigger frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to transmit the MACB-trigger frame over the 2.4GHz band to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
  • the method may include during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
  • controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the 5GHz band, e.g., as described above.
  • Product 2100 may include one or more tangible computer-readable (“machine-readable”) non- transitory storage media 2102, which may include computer-executable instructions, e.g., implemented by logic 2104, operable to, when executed by at least one computer processor, enable the at least one computer processor to implement one or more operations at device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1), device 180 (Fig. 1), radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1), radio 164 (Fig. 1), transmitter 118 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig.
  • Non-transitory machine -readable medium and “computer-readable non- transitory storage media” are directed to include all computer-readable media, with the sole exception being a transitory propagating signal.
  • product 2100 and/or machine-readable storage media 2102 may include one or more types of computer-readable storage media capable of storing data, including volatile memory, non-volatile memory, removable or non-removable memory, erasable or non-erasable memory, writeable or re-writeable memory, and the like.
  • machine-readable storage media 2102 may include, RAM, DRAM, Double-Data-Rate DRAM (DDR-DRAM), SDRAM, static RAM (SRAM), ROM, programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), Compact Disk ROM (CD-ROM), Compact Disk Recordable (CD-R), Compact Disk Rewriteable (CD-RW), flash memory (e.g., NOR or NAND flash memory), content addressable memory (CAM), polymer memory, phase-change memory, ferroelectric memory, silicon-oxide-nitride-oxide-silicon (SONOS) memory, a disk, a floppy disk, a hard drive, an optical disk, a magnetic disk, a card, a magnetic card, an optical card, a tape, a cassette, and the like.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DDR-DRAM Double-Data-Rate DRAM
  • SDRAM static RAM
  • ROM read-only memory
  • the computer-readable storage media may include any suitable media involved with downloading or transferring a computer program from a remote computer to a requesting computer carried by data signals embodied in a carrier wave or other propagation medium through a communication link, e.g., a modem, radio or network connection.
  • a communication link e.g., a modem, radio or network connection.
  • logic 2104 may include instructions, data, and/or code, which, if executed by a machine, may cause the machine to perform a method, process and/or operations as described herein.
  • the machine may include, for example, any suitable processing platform, computing platform, computing device, processing device, computing system, processing system, computer, processor, or the like, and may be implemented using any suitable combination of hardware, software, firmware, and the like.
  • logic 2104 may include, or may be implemented as, software, a software module, an application, a program, a subroutine, instructions, an instruction set, computing code, words, values, symbols, and the like.
  • the instructions may include any suitable type of code, such as source code, compiled code, interpreted code, executable code, static code, dynamic code, and the like.
  • the instructions may be implemented according to a predefined computer language, manner or syntax, for instructing a processor to perform a certain function.
  • the instructions may be implemented using any suitable high-level, low-level, object- oriented, visual, compiled and/or interpreted programming language, such as C, C++, Java, BASIC, Matlab, Pascal, Visual BASIC, assembly language, machine code, and the like.
  • Example 1 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
  • AP Access Point
  • Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 3 includes the subject matter of Example 1 or 2, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 4 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-3, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 5 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-4, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 6 includes the subject matter of Example 5, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 7 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-6, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 8 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-7, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 9 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-8, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
  • Example 10 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-6, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 11 includes the subject matter of Example 10, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 12 includes the subject matter of Example 11, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 13 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-12, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 14 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-13, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 15 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-14, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 16 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-15, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 17 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-16, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 18 includes the subject matter of Example 17, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 19 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-18, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 20 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-19, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 21 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-20, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 22 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-21, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 23 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over
  • STA wireless station
  • Example 24 includes the subject matter of Example 23, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 25 includes the subject matter of Example 23 or 24, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 26 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-25, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 27 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-26, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 28 includes the subject matter of Example 27, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 29 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-28, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 30 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-29, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 31 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-30, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
  • Example 32 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-28, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 33 includes the subject matter of Example 32, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 34 includes the subject matter of Example 33, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 35 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-34, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 36 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-35, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 37 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-36, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 38 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-37, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 39 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-38, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 40 includes the subject matter of Example 39, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 41 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-40, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 42 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-41, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 43 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
  • Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 45 includes the subject matter of Example 43 or 44, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 46 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-45, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 47 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-46, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 48 includes the subject matter of Example 47, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 49 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-48, and optionally, comprising duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 50 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-49, and optionally, comprising duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 51 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-50, and optionally, comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
  • Example 52 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-48, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the method comprising transmitting the MACB-RTS frame and receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 53 includes the subject matter of Example 52, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 54 includes the subject matter of Example 53, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 55 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-54, and optionally, comprising processing an indication in the MACB -trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 56 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-55, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 57 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-56, and optionally, comprising, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 58 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-57, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 59 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-58, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 60 includes the subject matter of Example 59, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 61 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-60, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 62 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-61, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 63 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the
  • Example 65 includes the subject matter of Example 63 or 64, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 66 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-65, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 67 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-66, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 68 includes the subject matter of Example 67, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 69 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-68, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 70 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-69, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 71 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-70, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
  • Example 72 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-69, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 73 includes the subject matter of Example 72, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 74 includes the subject matter of Example 73, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 75 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-74, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 76 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-75, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 77 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-76, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 78 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-77, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 79 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-78, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
  • Example 80 includes the subject matter of Example 79, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 81 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-80, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 82 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-81, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 83 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; means for, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; means for receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and means for transmitting the first DL transmission to the
  • Example 85 includes the subject matter of Example 83 or 84, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 86 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-85, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 87 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-86, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 89 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-88, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 90 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-89, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 91 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-90, and optionally, comprising means for receiving the MACB-trigger frame over the primary channel.
  • Example 92 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-88, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for transmitting the MACB-RTS frame and receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 93 includes the subject matter of Example 92, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 94 includes the subject matter of Example 93, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 95 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-94, and optionally, comprising means for processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 96 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-95, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 97 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-96, and optionally, comprising means for, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 98 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-97, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 99 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-98, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 100 includes the subject matter of Example 99, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 101 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-100, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 102 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-101, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 103 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
  • AP Access Point
  • STA wireless communication station
  • MACB -trigger Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • Example 104 includes the subject matter of Example 103, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
  • Example 105 includes the subject matter of Example 103 or 104, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
  • CF-End Contention-Free End
  • Example 106 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-105, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 107 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-106, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 108 includes the subject matter of Example 107, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
  • Example 109 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-108, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
  • Example 110 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-108, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 111 includes the subject matter of Example 110, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band
  • the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • Example 112 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-111, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 113 includes the subject matter of Example 112, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 114 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-113, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 115 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-114, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • Example 116 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-115, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 117 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-116, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 118 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over a primary channel
  • Example 119 includes the subject matter of Example 118, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
  • Example 120 includes the subject matter of Example 118 or 119, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
  • Example 121 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-120, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 122 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-121, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 123 includes the subject matter of Example 122, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
  • Example 124 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-123, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
  • Example 125 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-123, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 126 includes the subject matter of Example 125, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band
  • the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • Example 127 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-126, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
  • Example 128 includes the subject matter of Example 127, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 129 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-128, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 130 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-129, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • Example 131 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detecting a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
  • AP Access Point
  • Example 132 includes the subject matter of Example 131, and optionally, comprising transmitting the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
  • Example 133 includes the subject matter of Example 131 or 132, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
  • CF-End Contention-Free End
  • Example 134 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-133, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 135 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-134, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 136 includes the subject matter of Example 135, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
  • Example 137 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-136, and optionally, comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel.
  • Example 138 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-136, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the method comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 139 includes the subject matter of Example 138, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • Example 140 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-139, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 141 includes the subject matter of Example 140, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 142 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-141, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 143 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-142, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • Example 144 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the AP
  • Example 145 includes the subject matter of Example 144, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
  • Example 146 includes the subject matter of Example 144 or 145, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
  • CF-End Contention-Free End
  • Example 147 includes the subject matter of 144-146, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 148 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-147, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 149 includes the subject matter of Example 148, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
  • Example 150 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-149, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
  • Example 151 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-149, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 152 includes the subject matter of Example 151, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • Example 153 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-152, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame.
  • Example 154 includes the subject matter of Example 153, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 155 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-154, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 156 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-155, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 157 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for, during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detecting a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and means for, after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • MACB -trigger Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • Example 158 includes the subject matter of Example 157, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
  • Example 159 includes the subject matter of Example 157 or 158, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
  • CF-End Contention-Free End
  • Example 160 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-159, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 161 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-160, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 162 includes the subject matter of Example 161, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
  • Example 163 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-162, and optionally, comprising means for receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel.
  • Example 164 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-162, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 165 includes the subject matter of Example 164, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
  • Example 166 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-165, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 167 includes the subject matter of Example 166, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 168 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-167, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 169 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-168, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
  • Example 170 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB-trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions
  • AP
  • Example 172 includes the subject matter of Example 171, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
  • Example 173 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-172, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 174 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-173, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 175 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-172, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 176 includes the subject matter of Example 175, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 177 includes the subject matter of Example 176, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 178 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-177, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 179 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-178, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 180 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-179, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 181 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-180, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 182 includes the subject matter of Example 181, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 183 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-182, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 184 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-183, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 185 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-184, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 186 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-185, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 187 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a wireless communication station (STA), the STA comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the STA to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission;
  • AP
  • Example 188 includes the subject matter of Example 187, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 189 includes the subject matter of Example 188, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
  • Example 190 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-189, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 191 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-190, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 192 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-189, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB-trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 193 includes the subject matter of Example 192, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 194 includes the subject matter of Example 193, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 195 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-194, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 196 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-195, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 197 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-196, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 198 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-197, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 199 includes the subject matter of Example 198, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 200 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-199, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 201 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-200, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 202 includes a method to be performed at a wireless communication station (STA), the method comprising receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL
  • Example 203 includes the subject matter of Example 202, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 204 includes the subject matter of Example 203, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
  • Example 205 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-204, and optionally, comprising receiving one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 206 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-205, and optionally, comprising transmitting one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 207 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-204, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the method comprising receiving the MACB-RTS and transmitting the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 208 includes the subject matter of Example 207, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 209 includes the subject matter of Example 208, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 210 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-209, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 211 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-210, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 212 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-211, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 213 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-212, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 214 includes the subject matter of Example 213, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 215 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-214, and optionally, comprising transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 216 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-215, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 217 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the
  • STA
  • Example 218 includes the subject matter of Example 217, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 219 includes the subject matter of Example 218, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
  • Example 220 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-219, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 221 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-220, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 222 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-219, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 223 includes the subject matter of Example 222, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 224 includes the subject matter of Example 223, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 225 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-224, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 226 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-225, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 227 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-226, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 228 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-227, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 229 includes the subject matter of Example 228, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 230 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-229, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 231 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-230, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 232 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a wireless communication station (STA), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; means for detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; means for transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; means for, during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle
  • Example 233 includes the subject matter of Example 232, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 234 includes the subject matter of Example 233, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
  • Example 235 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-234, and optionally, comprising means for receiving one or more duplicates of the MACB- RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 236 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-235, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting one or more duplicates of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 237 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-234, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for receiving the MACB-RTS and transmitting the MACB-trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Example 238 includes the subject matter of Example 237, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
  • Example 239 includes the subject matter of Example 238, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 240 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-239, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB -trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 241 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-240, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 242 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-241, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 243 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-242, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 244 includes the subject matter of Examples 237-23, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 245 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-244, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 246 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-245, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 247 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit
  • Example 248 includes the subject matter of Example 247, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 249 includes the subject matter of Example 248, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 250 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-249, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 251 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-250, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 252 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-251, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 253 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-252, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 254 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-253, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 255 includes the subject matter of Example 254, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 256 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-255, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 257 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-256, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 258 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-257, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 259 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-258, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 260 includes the subject matter of Example 259, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 261 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-260, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 262 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-261, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 263 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-262, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 264 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-263, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 265 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger)
  • Example 266 includes the subject matter of Example 265, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 267 includes the subject matter of Example 266, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 268 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-267, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 269 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-268, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 270 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-269, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 271 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-270, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 272 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-271, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
  • Example 273 includes the subject matter of Example 272, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 274 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-273, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 275 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-274, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 276 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-275, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 277 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-276, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 278 includes the subject matter of Example 277, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 279 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-278, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 280 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-279, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 281 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit
  • Example 282 includes the subject matter of Example 281, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 283 includes the subject matter of Example 282, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 284 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-283, and optionally, comprising processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 285 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-284, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 286 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-285, and optionally, comprising, after receipt of the MACB -trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 287 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-286, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 288 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-287, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 289 includes the subject matter of Example 288, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 290 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-289, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 291 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-290, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 292 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-291, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 293 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-292, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 294 includes the subject matter of Example 293, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 295 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-294, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 296 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-295, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 297 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB
  • Example 298 includes the subject matter of Example 297, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
  • Example 299 includes the subject matter of Example 298, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 300 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-299, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 301 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-300, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 302 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-301, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 303 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-302, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 304 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-303, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame.
  • Example 305 includes the subject matter of Example 304, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 306 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-305, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 307 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-306, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 308 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-307, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • Example 309 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-308, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 310 includes the subject matter of Example 309, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 311 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-310, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 312 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-311, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 313 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; means for, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; means for receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB
  • Example 315 includes the subject matter of Example 314, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 316 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-315, and optionally, comprising means for processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 317 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-316, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 318 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-317, and optionally, comprising means for, after receipt of the MACB -trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
  • CTS Clear-to-Send
  • Example 319 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-318, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 320 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-319, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 321 includes the subject matter of Example 320, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 322 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-321, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
  • Example 323 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-322, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
  • Example 324 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-323, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
  • PIFS Point Inter Frame Space
  • Example 325 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-324, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 326 includes the subject matter of Example 325, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
  • Example 327 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-326, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 328 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-327, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
  • Example 329 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • AP Access Point
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • MACB -trigger Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • STA wireless communication station
  • DL Downlink
  • Example 330 includes the subject matter of Example 329, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 331 includes the subject matter of Example 329 or 330, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 332 includes the subject matter of Example 331, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • Example 333 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-332, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • GHz 5 Gigahertz
  • Example 334 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-333, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
  • Example 335 includes the subject matter of Example 334, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 336 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-335, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 337 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-336, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP
  • the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • Example 338 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-337, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 339 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-338, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 340 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • Example 341 includes the subject matter of Example 340, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 342 includes the subject matter of Example 340 or 341, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 343 includes the subject matter of Example 342, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • Example 344 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-343, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 345 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-344, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 346 includes the subject matter of Example 345, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 347 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-346, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 348 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-347, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 349 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising receiving a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • MACB -trigger Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • STA wireless communication station
  • DL Downlink
  • Example 350 includes the subject matter of Example 349, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 351 includes the subject matter of Example 349 or 350, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 352 includes the subject matter of Example 351, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • Example 353 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-352, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 354 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-353, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 355 includes the subject matter of Example 354, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 356 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-355, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 357 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-356, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 358 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • AP Access Point
  • MACB
  • Example 359 includes the subject matter of Example 358, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 360 includes the subject matter of Example 358 or 359, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 361 includes the subject matter of Example 360, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • Example 362 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-361, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 363 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-362, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame.
  • Example 364 includes the subject matter of Example 363, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • Example 365 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-364, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 366 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-365, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP
  • the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • Example 367 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and means for transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • MACB Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • MACB-trigger Multi AP Channel Bonding
  • STA wireless communication station
  • DL Downlink
  • Example 368 includes the subject matter of Example 367, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
  • CTS Clear to Send
  • CTS-to-Self Clear to Send
  • Example 369 includes the subject matter of Example 367 or 268, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 370 includes the subject matter of Example 369, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
  • Example 371 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-370, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 372 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-371, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 373 includes the subject matter of Example 372, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 374 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-373, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 375 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-374, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 376 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
  • STA wireless communication station
  • AP Multi Access Point
  • Example 377 includes the subject matter of Example 376, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 378 includes the subject matter of Example 377, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 379 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-378, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 380 includes the subject matter of Example 379, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 381 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-380, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 382 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-381, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 383 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-382, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 384 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-383, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 385 includes the subject matter of Example 384, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 386 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-385, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 387 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-386, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 388 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-387, and optionally, comprising a radio.
  • Example 389 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-388, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
  • Example 390 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a wireless communication station (STA), the STA comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the STA to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a
  • AP Multi Access Point
  • Example 391 includes the subject matter of Example 390, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 392 includes the subject matter of Example 391, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 393 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-392, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 394 includes the subject matter of Example 393, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 395 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-394, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 396 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-395, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 397 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-396, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 398 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-397, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 399 includes the subject matter of Example 398, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 400 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-399, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 401 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-400, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 402 includes a method to be performed at a wireless communication station (STA), the method comprising receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB- trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
  • AP Multi Access Point
  • RTS Request to Send
  • Example 403 includes the subject matter of Example 402, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 404 includes the subject matter of Example 403, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 405 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-404, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 406 includes the subject matter of Example 405, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 407 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-406, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 408 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-407, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 409 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-408, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 410 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-409, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 411 includes the subject matter of Example 410, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 412 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-411, and optionally, comprising transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 413 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-412, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Example 414 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MAC
  • AP
  • Example 415 includes the subject matter of Example 414, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 416 includes the subject matter of Example 415, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 417 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-416, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 418 includes the subject matter of Example 417, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 419 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-418, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 420 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-419, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 421 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-420, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band
  • the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • Example 422 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-421, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 423 includes the subject matter of Example 422, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 424 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-423, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • Example 425 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-424, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • MHz Megahertz
  • Example 426 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a wireless communication station (STA), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; means for transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and means for, during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
  • AP Multi Access Point
  • Example 428 includes the subject matter of Example 427, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
  • Example 429 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-428, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
  • Example 430 includes the subject matter of Example 429, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
  • Example 431 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-430, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
  • Example 432 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-431, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 433 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-432, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
  • GHz 5 Gigahertz
  • Example 434 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-433, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
  • Example 435 includes the subject matter of Example 434, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Example 436 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-435, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
  • BA block acknowledgement
  • Example 437 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-436, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel
  • the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
  • Functions, operations, components and/or features described herein with reference to one or more embodiments may be combined with, or may be utilized in combination with, one or more other functions, operations, components and/or features described herein with reference to one or more other embodiments, or vice versa.

Abstract

For example, a first AP may be configured to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels including a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.

Description

APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MULTI ACCESS POINT (AP)
CHANNEL BONDING (MACB)
CROSS REFERENCE
[001] This Application claims the benefit of and priority from US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/548,528 entitled "APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MULTI ACCESS POINT (AP) CHANNEL BONDING (MACB)", filed August 22, 2017, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[002] Embodiments described herein generally relate to Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB).
BACKGROUND
[003] Wireless communication networks may include one or more Access Points (APs) which may be configured to communicate Downlink (DL) and/or Uplink (UL) transmissions with one or more wireless communication stations (STAs).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[004] For simplicity and clarity of illustration, elements shown in the figures have not necessarily been drawn to scale. For example, the dimensions of some of the elements may be exaggerated relative to other elements for clarity of presentation. Furthermore, reference numerals may be repeated among the figures to indicate corresponding or analogous elements. The figures are listed below.
[005] Fig. 1 is a schematic block diagram illustration of a system, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[006] Fig. 2 is a schematic illustration of a Multi Access Point Channel Bonding (MACB) scheme, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[007] Fig. 3 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[008] Fig. 4 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[009] Fig. 5 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0010] Fig. 6 is a schematic illustration of an MACB data transmission to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0011] Fig. 7 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0012] Fig. 8 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0013] Fig. 9 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0014] Fig. 10 is a schematic illustration of an MACB communication scheme to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0015] Fig. 11 is a schematic illustration of an MACB communication scheme to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0016] Fig. 12 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with multi-band operation (MBO), in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0017] Fig. 13 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0018] Fig. 14 is a schematic illustration of an MACB transmission with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0019] Fig. 15 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0020] Fig. 16 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0021] Fig. 17 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0022] Fig. 18 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0023] Fig. 19 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[0024] Fig. 20 is a schematic flow-chart illustration of a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0025] Fig. 21 is a schematic illustration of a product of manufacture, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0026] In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of some embodiments. However, it will be understood by persons of ordinary skill in the art that some embodiments may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, units and/or circuits have not been described in detail so as not to obscure the discussion.
[0027] Discussions herein utilizing terms such as, for example, "processing", "computing", "calculating", "determining", "establishing", "analyzing", "checking", or the like, may refer to operation(s) and/or process(es) of a computer, a computing platform, a computing system, or other electronic computing device, that manipulate and/or transform data represented as physical (e.g., electronic) quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer's registers and/or memories or other information storage medium that may store instructions to perform operations and/or processes.
[0028] The terms "plurality" and "a plurality", as used herein, include, for example, "multiple" or "two or more". For example, "a plurality of items" includes two or more items.
[0029] References to "one embodiment", "an embodiment", "demonstrative embodiment", "various embodiments" etc., indicate that the embodiment(s) so described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but not every embodiment necessarily includes the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Further, repeated use of the phrase "in one embodiment" does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, although it may. [0030] As used herein, unless otherwise specified the use of the ordinal adjectives "first", "second", "third" etc., to describe a common object, merely indicate that different instances of like objects are being referred to, and are not intended to imply that the objects so described must be in a given sequence, either temporally, spatially, in ranking, or in any other manner. [0031] Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with various devices and systems, for example, a User Equipment (UE), a Mobile Device (MD), a wireless station (STA), a Personal Computer (PC), a desktop computer, a mobile computer, a laptop computer, a notebook computer, a tablet computer, a server computer, a handheld computer, a handheld device, a wearable device, a sensor device, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) device, a handheld PDA device, an on-board device, an off-board device, a hybrid device, a vehicular device, a non-vehicular device, a mobile or portable device, a consumer device, a non-mobile or non-portable device, a wireless communication station, a wireless communication device, a wireless Access Point (AP), a wired or wireless router, a wired or wireless modem, a video device, an audio device, an audio-video (A/V) device, a wired or wireless network, a wireless area network, a Wireless Video Area Network (WVAN), a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wireless LAN (WLAN), a Personal Area Network (PAN), a Wireless PAN (WPAN), and the like.
[0032] Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing IEEE 802.11 standards (including IEEE 802.11- 2016 {IEEE 802.11-2016, IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications, December 7, 2016); and/or IEEE 802.1 lay (P802.11ay Standard for Information Technology-- Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems Local and Metropolitan Area Networks— Specific Requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment: Enhanced Throughput for Operation in License-Exempt Bands Above 45 GHz)) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing WFA Peer-to-Peer (P2P) specifications (WiFi P2P technical specification, version 1.7, July 6, 2016) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing Wireless- Gigabit-Alliance (WGA) specifications (including Wireless Gigabit Alliance, Inc WiGig MAC and PHY Specification Version 1.1, April 2011, Final specification) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, devices and/or networks operating in accordance with existing cellular specifications and/or protocols, e.g., 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) and/or future versions and/or derivatives thereof, units and/or devices which are part of the above networks, and the like. [0033] Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with one way and/or two-way radio communication systems, cellular radio-telephone communication systems, a mobile phone, a cellular telephone, a wireless telephone, a Personal Communication Systems (PCS) device, a PDA device which incorporates a wireless communication device, a mobile or portable Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a device which incorporates a GPS receiver or transceiver or chip, a device which incorporates an RFID element or chip, a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transceiver or device, a Single Input Multiple Output (SIMO) transceiver or device, a Multiple Input Single Output (MISO) transceiver or device, a device having one or more internal antennas and/or external antennas, Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) devices or systems, multi-standard radio devices or systems, a wired or wireless handheld device, e.g., a Smartphone, a Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) device, or the like.
[0034] Some embodiments may be used in conjunction with one or more types of wireless communication signals and/or systems, for example, Radio Frequency (RF), Infra Red (IR), Frequency-Division Multiplexing (FDM), Orthogonal FDM (OFDM), Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), FDM Time-Division Multiplexing (TDM), Time-Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Multi-User MIMO (MU-MIMO), Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA), Extended TDMA (E- TDMA), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), extended GPRS, Code-Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband CDMA (WCDMA), CDMA 2000, single- carrier CDMA, multi-carrier CDMA, Multi-Carrier Modulation (MDM), Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT), Bluetooth®, Global Positioning System (GPS), Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, ZigBee™, Ultra- Wideband (UWB), Global System for Mobile communication (GSM), 2G, 2.5G, 3G, 3.5G, 4G, Fifth Generation (5G), or Sixth Generation (6G) mobile networks, 3GPP, Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE advanced, Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE), or the like. Other embodiments may be used in various other devices, systems and/or networks.
[0035] The term "wireless device", as used herein, includes, for example, a device capable of wireless communication, a communication device capable of wireless communication, a communication station capable of wireless communication, a portable or non-portable device capable of wireless communication, or the like. In some demonstrative embodiments, a wireless device may be or may include a peripheral that is integrated with a computer, or a peripheral that is attached to a computer. In some demonstrative embodiments, the term "wireless device" may optionally include a wireless service.
[0036] The term "communicating" as used herein with respect to a communication signal includes transmitting the communication signal and/or receiving the communication signal. For example, a communication unit, which is capable of communicating a communication signal, may include a transmitter to transmit the communication signal to at least one other communication unit, and/or a communication receiver to receive the communication signal from at least one other communication unit. The verb communicating may be used to refer to the action of transmitting or the action of receiving. In one example, the phrase "communicating a signal" may refer to the action of transmitting the signal by a first device, and may not necessarily include the action of receiving the signal by a second device. In another example, the phrase "communicating a signal" may refer to the action of receiving the signal by a first device, and may not necessarily include the action of transmitting the signal by a second device. The communication signal may be transmitted and/or received, for example, in the form of Radio Frequency (RF) communication signals, and/or any other type of signal.
[0037] As used herein, the term "circuitry" may refer to, be part of, or include, an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), an integrated circuit, an electronic circuit, a processor (shared, dedicated, or group), and/or memory (shared, dedicated, or group), that execute one or more software or firmware programs, a combinational logic circuit, and/or other suitable hardware components that provide the described functionality. In some embodiments, the circuitry may be implemented in, or functions associated with the circuitry may be implemented by, one or more software or firmware modules. In some embodiments, circuitry may include logic, at least partially operable in hardware.
[0038] The term "logic" may refer, for example, to computing logic embedded in circuitry of a computing apparatus and/or computing logic stored in a memory of a computing apparatus. For example, the logic may be accessible by a processor of the computing apparatus to execute the computing logic to perform computing functions and/or operations. In one example, logic may be embedded in various types of memory and/or firmware, e.g., silicon blocks of various chips and/or processors. Logic may be included in, and/or implemented as part of, various circuitry, e.g. radio circuitry, receiver circuitry, control circuitry, transmitter circuitry, transceiver circuitry, processor circuitry, and/or the like. In one example, logic may be embedded in volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory, including random access memory, read only memory, programmable memory, magnetic memory, flash memory, persistent memory, and the like. Logic may be executed by one or more processors using memory, e.g., registers, stuck, buffers, and/or the like, coupled to the one or more processors, e.g., as necessary to execute the logic.
[0039] Some demonstrative embodiments may be used in conjunction with a WLAN, e.g., a WiFi network. Other embodiments may be used in conjunction with any other suitable wireless communication network, for example, a wireless area network, a "piconet", a WPAN, a WVAN and the like.
[0040] Some demonstrative embodiments may be used in conjunction with a wireless communication network communicating over a frequency band of 2.4GHz, or 5GHz. However, other embodiments may be implemented utilizing any other suitable wireless communication frequency bands, for example, an Extremely High Frequency (EHF) band (the millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency band), e.g., a frequency band within the frequency band of between 20GHz and 300GHz, a WLAN frequency band, a WPAN frequency band, and the like. [0041] The term "antenna", as used herein, may include any suitable configuration, structure and/or arrangement of one or more antenna elements, components, units, assemblies and/or arrays. In some embodiments, the antenna may implement transmit and receive functionalities using separate transmit and receive antenna elements. In some embodiments, the antenna may implement transmit and receive functionalities using common and/or integrated transmit/receive elements. The antenna may include, for example, a phased array antenna, a single element antenna, a set of switched beam antennas, and/or the like.
[0042] Some demonstrative embodiments are described herein with respect to WiFi communication. However, other embodiments may be implemented with respect to any other communication scheme, network, standard and/or protocol.
[0043] Reference is now made to Fig. 1, which schematically illustrates a block diagram of a system 100, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [0044] As shown in Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments system 100 may include a wireless communication network including one or more wireless communication devices, e.g., wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180. [0045] In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, for example, a UE, an MD, a STA, an AP, a PC, a desktop computer, a mobile computer, a laptop computer, an Ultrabook™ computer, a notebook computer, a tablet computer, a server computer, a handheld computer, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, a sensor device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a PDA device, a handheld PDA device, an on-board device, an off-board device, a hybrid device (e.g., combining cellular phone functionalities with PDA device functionalities), a consumer device, a vehicular device, a non- vehicular device, a mobile or portable device, a non-mobile or non-portable device, a mobile phone, a cellular telephone, a PCS device, a PDA device which incorporates a wireless communication device, a mobile or portable GPS device, a DVB device, a relatively small computing device, a non-desktop computer, a "Carry Small Live Large" (CSLL) device, an Ultra Mobile Device (UMD), an Ultra Mobile PC (UMPC), a Mobile Internet Device (MID), an "Origami" device or computing device, a device that supports Dynamically Composable Computing (DCC), a context-aware device, a video device, an audio device, an A/V device, a Set- Top-Box (STB), a Blu-ray disc (BD) player, a BD recorder, a Digital Video Disc (DVD) player, a High Definition (HD) DVD player, a DVD recorder, a HD DVD recorder, a Personal Video Recorder (PVR), a broadcast HD receiver, a video source, an audio source, a video sink, an audio sink, a stereo tuner, a broadcast radio receiver, a flat panel display, a Personal Media Player (PMP), a digital video camera (DVC), a digital audio player, a speaker, an audio receiver, an audio amplifier, a gaming device, a data source, a data sink, a Digital Still camera (DSC), a media player, a Smartphone, a television, a music player, or the like.
[0046] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more STAs. For example, device 102 may include at least one STA, device 140 may include at least one STA, device 160 may include at least one STA, and/or device 180 may include at least one STA. [0047] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more WLAN STAs.
[0048] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more Wi-Fi STAs. [0049] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more BT devices.
[0050] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of one or more Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN) STAs. [0051] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least one of wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180, e.g., devices 102 and/or 160, may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of an AP STA, and/or one or more of wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180, e.g., devices 140 and/or 180, may include, operate as, and/or perform the functionality of a non-AP STA. In other embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may operate as and/or perform the functionality of any other STA.
[0052] In one example, a station (STA) may include a logical entity that is a singly addressable instance of a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) interface to the wireless medium (WM). The STA may perform any other additional or alternative functionality.
[0053] In one example, an AP may include an entity that contains a station (STA), e.g., one STA, and provides access to distribution services, via the wireless medium (WM) for associated STAs. The AP may perform any other additional or alternative functionality. [0054] In one example, a non-access-point (non-AP) station (STA) may include a STA that is not contained within an AP. The non-AP STA may perform any other additional or alternative functionality.
[0055] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may include, for example, one or more of a processor 191, an input unit 192, an output unit 193, a memory unit 194, and/or a storage unit 195; and/or devices 140, 160 and/or 180 may include, for example, one or more of a processor 181, an input unit 182, an output unit 183, a memory unit 184, and/or a storage unit 185. Devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may optionally include other suitable hardware components and/or software components. In some demonstrative embodiments, some or all of the components of one or more of devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be enclosed in a common housing or packaging, and may be interconnected or operably associated using one or more wired or wireless links. In other embodiments, components of one or more of devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be distributed among multiple or separate devices.
[0056] In some demonstrative embodiments, processor 191 and/or processor 181 may include, for example, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), one or more processor cores, a single-core processor, a dual-core processor, a multiple-core processor, a microprocessor, a host processor, a controller, a plurality of processors or controllers, a chip, a microchip, one or more circuits, circuitry, a logic unit, an Integrated Circuit (IC), an Application-Specific IC (ASIC), or any other suitable multi-purpose or specific processor or controller. Processor 191 executes instructions, for example, of an Operating System (OS) of device 102 and/or of one or more suitable applications. Processor 181 executes instructions, for example, of an Operating System (OS) of device 140 and/or of one or more suitable applications.
[0057] In some demonstrative embodiments, input unit 192 and/or input unit 182 may include, for example, a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch-screen, a touch-pad, a track-ball, a stylus, a microphone, or other suitable pointing device or input device. Output unit 193 and/or output unit 183 includes, for example, a monitor, a screen, a touch- screen, a flat panel display, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) display unit, a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) display unit, a plasma display unit, one or more audio speakers or earphones, or other suitable output devices. [0058] In some demonstrative embodiments, memory unit 194 and/or memory unit 184 includes, for example, a Random Access Memory (RAM), a Read Only Memory (ROM), a Dynamic RAM (DRAM), a Synchronous DRAM (SD-RAM), a flash memory, a volatile memory, a non- volatile memory, a cache memory, a buffer, a short term memory unit, a long term memory unit, or other suitable memory units. Storage unit 195 and/or storage unit 185 includes, for example, a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a Compact Disk (CD) drive, a CD-ROM drive, a DVD drive, or other suitable removable or non-removable storage units. Memory unit 194 and/or storage unit 195, for example, may store data processed by device 102. Memory unit 184 and/or storage unit 185, for example, may store data processed by device 140.
[0059] In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be capable of communicating content, data, information and/or signals via a wireless medium (WM) 103. In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless medium 103 may include, for example, a radio channel, a cellular channel, a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Channel, an RF channel, a WiFi channel, an IR channel, a Bluetooth (BT) channel, and the like.
[0060] In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless communication medium 103 may include a wireless communication channel over a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz) frequency band, or a 5GHz frequency band, a millimeterWave (mmWave) frequency band, e.g., a 60GHz frequency band, a Sub-lGHz (S 1G) band, and/or any other frequency band.
[0061] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may include one or more radios including circuitry and/or logic to perform wireless communication between devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 and/or one or more other wireless communication devices. For example, device 102 may include at least one radio 114, device 140 may include at least one radio 144, and/or device 160 may include at least one radio 164.
[0062] In some demonstrative embodiments, radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include one or more wireless receivers (Rx) including circuitry and/or logic to receive wireless communication signals, RF signals, frames, blocks, transmission streams, packets, messages, data items, and/or data. For example, radio 114 may include at least one receiver 116, radio 144 may include at least one receiver 146, and/or radio 164 may include at least one receiver 166.
[0063] In some demonstrative embodiments, radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include one or more wireless transmitters (Tx) including circuitry and/or logic to transmit wireless communication signals, RF signals, frames, blocks, transmission streams, packets, messages, data items, and/or data. For example, radio 114 may include at least one transmitter 118, radio 144 may include at least one transmitter 148, and/or radio 164 may include at least one transmitter 168. [0064] In some demonstrative embodiments, radio 114, radio 144, and/or radio 164, transmitters 118, 148 and/or 168, and/or receivers 116, 146 and/or 166 may include circuitry; logic; Radio Frequency (RF) elements, circuitry and/or logic; baseband elements, circuitry and/or logic; modulation elements, circuitry and/or logic; demodulation elements, circuitry and/or logic; amplifiers; analog to digital and/or digital to analog converters; filters; and/or the like. For example, radio 114, radio 144 and/or radio 164 may include or may be implemented as part of a wireless Network Interface Card (NIC), and the like.
[0065] In some demonstrative embodiments, radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may be configured to communicate over a 2.4GHz band, a 5GHz band, an mmWave band, a S 1G band, and/or any other band.
[0066] In some demonstrative embodiments, radios 114, 144 and/or 164 may include, or may be associated with, one or more antennas 107, 147 and/or 167, respectively.
[0067] In one example, device 102 may include a single antenna 107. In another example, device 102 may include two or more antennas 107.
[0068] In one example, device 140 may include a single antenna 147. In another example, device 140 may include two or more antennas 147. [0069] In one example, device 160 may include a single antenna 167. In another example, device 160 may include two or more antennas 167.
[0070] Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include any type of antennas suitable for transmitting and/or receiving wireless communication signals, blocks, frames, transmission streams, packets, messages and/or data. For example, antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include any suitable configuration, structure and/or arrangement of one or more antenna elements, components, units, assemblies and/or arrays. Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include, for example, antennas suitable for directional communication, e.g., using beamforming techniques. For example, Antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may include a phased array antenna, a multiple element antenna, a set of switched beam antennas, and/or the like. In some embodiments, antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may implement transmit and receive functionalities using separate transmit and receive antenna elements. In some embodiments, antennas 107, 147 and/or 167 may implement transmit and receive functionalities using common and/or integrated transmit/receive elements. [0071] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may include a controller 124, device 140 may include a controller 154, and/or device 160 may include a controller 174. Controller 124 may be configured to perform and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 102 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180, and/or one or more other devices; controller 154 may be configured to perform and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 140 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180 and/or one or more other devices, and/or controller 174 may be configured to perform, and/or to trigger, cause, instruct and/or control device 160 to perform one or more communications, to generate and/or communicate one or more messages and/or transmissions, and/or to perform one or more functionalities, operations and/or procedures between devices 102, 140, 160, 180 and/or one or more other devices, e.g., as described below.
[0072] In some demonstrative embodiments, controllers 124, 154 and/or 174 may include, or may be implemented, partially or entirely, by circuitry and/or logic, e.g., one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, memory circuitry and/or logic, Media-Access Control (MAC) circuitry and/or logic, Physical Layer (PHY) circuitry and/or logic, baseband (BB) circuitry and/or logic, a BB processor, a BB memory, Application Processor (AP) circuitry and/or logic, an AP processor, an AP memory, and/or any other circuitry and/or logic, configured to perform the functionality of controllers 124, 154 and/or 174, respectively. Additionally or alternatively, one or more functionalities of controllers 124, 154 and/or 174 may be implemented by logic, which may be executed by a machine and/or one or more processors, e.g., as described below. [0073] In one example, controller 124 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 102, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 102, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein. In one example, controller 124 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
[0074] In one example, controller 154 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 140, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 140, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein. In one example, controller 154 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
[0075] In one example, controller 174 may include circuitry and/or logic, for example, one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, to cause, trigger and/or control a wireless device, e.g., device 160, and/or a wireless station, e.g., a wireless STA implemented by device 160, to perform one or more operations, communications and/or functionalities, e.g., as described herein. In one example, controller 174 may include at least one memory, e.g., coupled to the one or more processors, which may be configured, for example, to store, e.g., at least temporarily, at least some of the information processed by the one or more processors and/or circuitry, and/or which may be configured to store logic to be utilized by the processors and/or circuitry.
[0076] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of controller 124 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 114, at least part of the functionality of controller 154 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 144, and/or at least part of the functionality of controller 174 may be implemented as part of one or more elements of radio 164.
[0077] In other embodiments, the functionality of controller 124 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 102, the functionality of controller 154 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 140, and/or the functionality of controller 174 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 160. [0078] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may include a message processor 128 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 102.
[0079] In one example, message processor 128 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 102, and/or message processor 128 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 102, e.g., as described below.
[0080] In one example, message processor 128 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms. In other embodiments, message processor 128 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or process a message to be transmitted.
[0081] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may include a message processor 158 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 140.
[0082] In one example, message processor 158 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 140, and/or message processor 158 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 140, e.g., as described below. [0083] In one example, message processor 158 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms. In other embodiments, message processor 158 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or process a message to be transmitted.
[0084] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 160 may include a message processor 178 configured to generate, process and/or access one or more messages communicated by device 160.
[0085] In one example, message processor 178 may be configured to generate one or more messages to be transmitted by device 160, and/or message processor 178 may be configured to access and/or to process one or more messages received by device 160, e.g., as described below. [0086] In one example, message processor 178 may include at least one first component configured to generate a message, for example, in the form of a frame, field, information element and/or protocol data unit, for example, a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU); at least one second component configured to convert the message into a PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU), e.g., a PHY Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) PDU, for example, by processing the message generated by the at least one first component, e.g., by encoding the message, modulating the message and/or performing any other additional or alternative processing of the message; and/or at least one third component configured to cause transmission of the message over a wireless communication medium, e.g., over a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication frequency band, for example, by applying to one or more fields of the PPDU one or more transmit waveforms. In other embodiments, message processor 178 may be configured to perform any other additional or alternative functionality and/or may include any other additional or alternative components to generate and/or process a message to be transmitted.
[0087] In some demonstrative embodiments, message processors 128, 158 and/or 178 may include, or may be implemented, partially or entirely, by circuitry and/or logic, e.g., one or more processors including circuitry and/or logic, memory circuitry and/or logic, Media-Access Control (MAC) circuitry and/or logic, Physical Layer (PHY) circuitry and/or logic, BB circuitry and/or logic, a BB processor, a BB memory, AP circuitry and/or logic, an AP processor, an AP memory, and/or any other circuitry and/or logic, configured to perform the functionality of message processors 128, 158 and/or 178, respectively. Additionally or alternatively, one or more functionalities of message processors 128, 158 and/or 178 may be implemented by logic, which may be executed by a machine and/or one or more processors, e.g., as described below.
[0088] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of message processor 128 may be implemented as part of radio 114, at least part of the functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of radio 144, and/or at least part of the functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of radio 164.
[0089] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of message processor 128 may be implemented as part of controller 124, at least part of the functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of controller 154, and/or at least part of the functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of controller 174.
[0090] In other embodiments, the functionality of message processor 128 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 102, the functionality of message processor 158 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 140, and/or the functionality of message processor 178 may be implemented as part of any other element of device 160.
[0091] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of controller 124 and/or message processor 128 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a System on Chip (SoC). In one example, the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 114. For example, the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 124, one or more elements of message processor 128, and/or one or more elements of radio 114. In one example, controller 124, message processor 128, and radio 114 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
[0092] In other embodiments, controller 124, message processor 128 and/or radio 114 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 102.
[0093] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of controller 154 and/or message processor 158 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a SoC. In one example, the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 144. For example, the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 154, one or more elements of message processor 158, and/or one or more elements of radio 144. In one example, controller 154, message processor 158, and radio 144 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
[0094] In other embodiments, controller 154, message processor 158 and/or radio 144 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 140.
[0095] In some demonstrative embodiments, at least part of the functionality of controller 174 and/or message processor 178 may be implemented by an integrated circuit, for example, a chip, e.g., a SoC. In one example, the chip or SoC may be configured to perform one or more functionalities of radio 164. For example, the chip or SoC may include one or more elements of controller 174, one or more elements of message processor 178, and/or one or more elements of radio 164. In one example, controller 174, message processor 178, and radio 164 may be implemented as part of the chip or SoC.
[0096] In other embodiments, controller 174, message processor 178 and/or radio 164 may be implemented by one or more additional or alternative elements of device 160.
[0097] In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, or may communicate as part of, a wireless local area network (WLAN).
[0098] In some demonstrative embodiments, wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, or may communicate as part of, a WiFi network. [0099] In other embodiments, wireless communication devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may form, and/or communicate as part of, any other additional or alternative network.
[00100] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to perform one or more operations, functionalities and/or communications according to a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) scheme, e.g., as described below.
[00101] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, an MACB transmission technique may be implemented, for example, to provide one or more technical benefits for wireless communication.
[00102] In one example, the MACB transmission technique may be implemented, for example, to provide a technical benefit of improving throughput performance of Cell Edge (CE) stations (STAs).
[00103] In some demonstrative embodiments, an MACB scheme may be configured, for example, to allow to coordinate multiple APs to transmit downlink (DL) data packets to a STA, e.g., a CE STA, for example, over multiple channels, for example, over multiple adjacent 20 MHz channels, for example, to provide an increased aggregate DL physical data rate to the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
[00104] Some demonstrative embodiments are described herein with respect to an MACB scheme configured with respect to a plurality of adjacent 20MHZ channels, for example, four adjacent 20MHz channels. However, in other embodiments, the MACB scheme may be configured with respect to any other configuration of channels, e.g., any other number of channels, any other bandwidth of channels, and/or any other plan or arrangement of the channels. [00105] Reference is made to Fig. 2, which schematically illustrates a Multi Access Point Channel Bonding (MACB) scheme 200, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00106] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 2, the MACB scheme may be implemented for communication with a STA 240, denoted STA0, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP 202, denoted "AP0", a second AP 260, denoted "API", a third AP 262, denoted "AP2", and/or a fourth AP 264, denoted AP3. [00107] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB scheme 200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP 202, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264, which may coordinate to serve the CE STA 240.
[00108] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP 202; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 260, 262, and/or 264.
[00109] In some demonstrative embodiments, when the master AP 202and/or the secondary APs, e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264, have data to transmit to the CE STA 240, the master AP 202, the secondary APs, e.g., APs 260, 262, and/or 264, and the CE STA 240 may perform one or more operations and/or communications to implement an MACB transmission, e.g., as described below. [00110] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the CE STA 240, may be equipped with multiple receiver chains and may be able to process multiple asynchronous data streams 212 from the multiple APs, e.g., APs 202, 260, 262, and/or 264, over non-overlapping channels in parallel.
[00111] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a receiver chain of the CE STA 240 over a channel, e.g., each channel, may be able to remove the interference from adjacent channels, for example, with either analog or digital domain band pass filter and/or according to any other additional or alternative interference mitigation techniques.
[00112] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if the CE STA 240 cannot sufficiently remove the interference from adjacent channels, the CE STA 240 may refrain from using the channel, for example, until the interference disappears.
[00113] Reference is made to Fig. 3, which schematically illustrates an MACB data transmission 300, which may be implemented in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [00114] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 3, MACB data transmission 300 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", and a fourth AP, denoted "AP3", and a STA, denoted STAO, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00115] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB scheme 200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., the AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
[00116] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3.
[00117] In one example, MACB data transmission 300 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 308 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00118] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 3, the 80 MHz channel 308 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 310 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 312 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 314, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
[00119] In one example, CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 300, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
[00120] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (AP0) may sense one or more secondary channels of the AP, for example, during an interval of A Point Coordination Function (PCF) Interframe Space (PIFS) time or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP, and may decide on a TX channel bandwidth.
[00121] In one example, the phrase "secondary channels" may relate to secondary channels of the master AP. For example, one or more of, e.g., all, the coordinated APs, such as API, AP2 and AP3, may have a different primary channel and different secondary channels from the master AP.
[00122] In one example, secondary 20 MHz channel 312 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 314 may be idle. According to this example, the master AP (AP0) may send four duplicated 20 MHz MACB request-to-send (MACB-RTS) frames 320 to the CE- STA.
[00123] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the CE STA, e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frames 320, may monitor its Clear Channel Assessment (CCA), for example, over the entire 80 MHz channel 308, for a predefined time period, for example, a PIFS time or any other time, prior to, the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320.
[00124] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the STA may monitor the CCA, for example, over the entire 80 MHz channel 312, for a predefined time period, for example, a Short Interframe Space (SIFS) time 321 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320.
[00125] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the STA may transmit one or more trigger frames (MACB -TRIGGER) 322, for example, only over the channels, which are idle, e.g., over channels 310, 312 and/or 314. [00126] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if the STA does not detect interference on any of the secondary channels 312 and/or 314, e.g., PIFS prior to and SIFS after, the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320, the STA may transmit four duplicate 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 to all coordinated APs, e.g., APs 0- 3. [00127] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if the STA detects interference on the secondary 20 MHz channel 312, e.g., PIFS prior to or SIFS after, the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320, the STA may only transmit a 20MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 322 to the master AP.
[00128] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if the STA detects interference on the secondary 40 MHz channel 314, e.g., PIFS prior to or SIFS after, the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320, the STA may only transmit two duplicate 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 over the primary and secondary 20MHz channels 310 and 312 to two of the coordinated APs, e.g., to APs 0-1).
[00129] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 3, it may be assumed that there is no interference over the secondary channels 312 and/or 314, e.g., as described below. [00130] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 3, a SIFS time 321 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 320, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 320, may transmit four duplicated 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 322 to all the coordinated APs, e.g., including the master AP and all secondary APs, e.g., APs 0-3. The MACB-trigger frame 322 may include, for example, specific information to parameterize the DL MACB data transmission.
[00131] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 3, for example, a SIFS time 323 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 322, all the coordinated APs, which are identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 322, may transmit data packets 324 to the STA over each of the 20 MHz channels, e.g., simultaneously.
[00132] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 3, for example, a SIFS time 325 or any other time, after the reception of the data packets 324 from all the coordinated APs, e.g., from APs 0-3, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the data packets 324, may transmit a feedback block acknowledge (BA) frame 326, for example, over each of the 20 MHz channels of the 80MHz channel 308.
[00133] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB scheme 300 may be configured to address one or more technical aspects, for example, to support efficient transmission, for example, even in cases that one or more of the secondary channels are busy, e.g., as described below.
[00134] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if a secondary 20 MHz channel is busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 4, both the secondary 20 MHz channel and a secondary 40 MHz are busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 5, or the secondary 20MHz channel is idle and the secondary 40 MHz channel is busy e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 6, then the master AP (AP 0) may transmit the MACB-RTS only over some of the channels, e.g., as described below.
[00135] Reference is made to Fig. 4, which schematically illustrates an MACB transmission 400 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [00136] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 4, MACB data transmission 400 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", and a fourth AP, denoted "AP3", and a STA, denoted STAO, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00137] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 400 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
[00138] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3. [00139] In one example, MACB data transmission 400 may be over an 80MHz channel 408 BW including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00140] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 4, the 80 MHz channel 408 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 410 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 412 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 414, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
[00141] In one example, CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 400, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2). [00142] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 4, for example, the master AP may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 420 (Fig. 2) to the STA.
[00143] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 4, for example, a SIFS time 421 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 420, the STA, e.g. the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 420, may transmit a 20 MHz MACB- TRIGGER frame 422 to the master AP0, for example, if the STA senses the primary channel 410 and the secondary 40 MHz channels 414 are idle. [00144] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 4, secondary channel 412 may be busy, and, accordingly, trigger frame 422 may be transmitted only to the master AP.
[00145] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 423 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 422, the master APOmay transmit a data packet 424 to the STA over the primary 20 MHz channel 410.
[00146] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 425 or any other time, after the reception of the data packet 424 from the master AP, the STA, e.g. the receiver of the data packet 424, may feedback a BA frame 426.
[00147] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 4., data frame 424 may be transmitted only from the master AP, e.g., if secondary channel 412 is busy prior to transmission of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 422.
[00148] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 4, the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., from APs0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel 408 may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 412, is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 420, for example, even if the secondary channel 412 may soon become available. This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs0-3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
[00149] Reference is made to Fig. 5, which schematically illustrates an MACB data transmission 500 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [00150] In one example, MACB data transmission 500 may be over an 80MHz channel 508 BW including a first, a second, a third, and a fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00151] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 5, the 80 MHz channel 508 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 510 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 512 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 514, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels. [00152] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 500 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., APO, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
[00153] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., APO; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3. [00154] In one example, MACB data transmission 500 may be over an 80MHz channel 508 BW including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00155] In one example, CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 500, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2). [00156] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 5, for example, the master AP 240 may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 520 to the STA.
[00157] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 5, for example, a SIFS time 521 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 520, the STA e.g. the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 520, may transmit a 20 MHz MACB- TRIGGER frame 522.
[00158] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 5, both secondary channels 512 and 514 may be busy, and accordingly, trigger frame 522 may be transmitted only to the master AP.
[00159] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 523 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 522, the master APO may transmit a data packet 524 to the STAOover the primary 20 MHz channel 510.
[00160] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 5, data frame 524 may be transmitted only from the mater APO, e.g., if both secondary channels 512 and 514 are busy, prior to transmission of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 522. [00161] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 525 or any other time, after the reception of the data packet 524 from the master AP0, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the data packet 524, may feedback a BA frame 526.
[00162] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 5, the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., APs0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA, e.g., the STA, over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 512, and/or the 40 MHz channel 514 is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 520, for example, even if the secondary channels 512 and/or 514 may soon become available. This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs 0-3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously.
[00163] Reference is made to Fig. 6, which schematically illustrates an MACB data transmission 600 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00164] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 6, MACB data transmission 600 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3", and a STA, denoted STA0, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00165] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 600 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
[00166] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary APs, e.g., of APs 1-3. [00167] In one example, MACB data transmission 600 may be over an 80MHz channel 608 BW including a first, a second, a third, and a fourth 20 MHz channels. [00168] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 6, the 80 MHz channel 608 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 610 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, a first 20MHZ secondary channel 612 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 614, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
[00169] In one example, CE STA 240 (Fig. 2) and APs 202, 260, 262 and/or 264 (Fig. 2) may communicate MACB data transmission 600, for example, according to MACB scheme 200 (Fig. 2).
[00170] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 6, for example, the master AP may transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 620 to the STA, for example, if the master AP senses the secondary channel 614 is busy.
[00171] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 6, for example, a SIFS time 621 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 620, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 620, may transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frames 622 to two of the coordinated APs, e.g., to the master AP and API, for example, if the STA0 senses the primary channel 610 and the secondary channel 612 are idle.
[00172] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 623 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 622, the master AP and API may transmit data packets 624 to the STA over the primary channel 610 and secondary 20 MHz channel 612, respectively.
[00173] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 625 or any other time, after the reception of the data packets 624 from the master AP and API, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the data packet 624, may feedback a BA frame 626. [00174] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 6, the MACB data transmissions from four APs, e.g., APs 0-3, to the cell edge (CE) STA, over four adjacent 20 MHz channels of the 80MHZ channel may not be initiated, for example, if the secondary 40MHz channel 614 is sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before the transmission of MACB-RTS frame 620, for example, even if the secondary channel 614 may soon become available. This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs, e.g., APs 0- 3, may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously. [00175] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Figures 4-6, an MACB data transmissions from multiple APs, e.g., from APs 0-3, to the CE STA over four adjacent 20 MHz channels may not be initiated, for example, in one or more cases, for example, if a secondary 20 MHz channel and/or a 40 MHz channel are sensed busy for PIFS duration immediately before an MACB-RTS frame transmission, for example, even if the secondary channels may soon become available. This situation may limit the performance of the CE STA, for example, at least since the multiple APs may have less chance to transmit 20MHz data packets simultaneously. [00176] In some demonstrative embodiments, an MACB scheme may be configured to utilize an enhanced multiple-AP channel bonding transmission, which may be configured to minimize a waste of spectrum resources, for example, by enabling asynchronous or delayed downlink transmissions from coordinated APs, for example, using self-interference cancellation (SIC) techniques, which may be available in antenna, analog circuitries and digital baseband, and multiple receiver chains in the STA, e.g., as described below.
[00177] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the MACB scheme may be configured to enable one or more APs, e.g., SIC-capable APs, to decode the MACB-TRIGGER frame from the CE STA over their secondary channels, for example, while transmitting data on their primary 20 MHz channel, e.g., as described below.
[00178] In some demonstrative embodiments, the primary channel of the coordinated APs may be different from the primary channel of the CE STA.
[00179] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, once the APs finish their current data transmission to their associated STAs, the APs may be allowed to start a DL data transmission to the CE STA, for example, to achieve higher throughput performance, e.g., as described below.
[00180] In some demonstrative embodiments, the CE STA may be configured to process multiple streams from multiple APs asynchronously, e.g., in parallel with multiple receiver chains.
[00181] In some demonstrative embodiments, a coordinated AP may be configured to suppress its own transmitted signal (self-interference), for example, sufficient enough to perform signal detection on adjacent channels, thereby allowing the AP to decode the information indicated in the MACB -TRIGGER frame sent by the CE STA, for example, even while transmitting data over the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels.
[00182] In some demonstrative embodiments, the CE STA may be equipped with multiple receiver chains and/or may be capable of processing multiple data packets sent from multiple APs, e.g., asynchronously in parallel.
[00183] In some demonstrative embodiments, the coordinated AP(s) may be allowed to opportunistically initiate an additional MACB data transmission to a CE STA over the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels of the CE STA, for example, even during an on-going data transmission from the master AP to the CE STA over the primary 20 MHz channel, for example, to allow improved DL throughput performance of the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
[00184] In some demonstrative embodiments, a coordinated AP (may be able to decode an MACB-TRIGGER frame from a CE STA over secondary channels of the coordinated AP, e.g., primary 20MHz or secondary 40MHz of a master AP, for example, using the SIC capability or any other additional or alternative technique, for example, while transmitting data over a primary channel of the coordinated AP, e.g., secondary 20MHz channel of the master AP, to its associated STA. For example, once the coordinated AP finishes the current data transmission to its associated STA, the coordinated AP can start a DL data transmission to the CE STA.
[00185] In some demonstrative embodiments, the CE STA may be capable of processing multiple data packets, e.g., sent from multiple APs over different 20 MHz channels asynchronously in parallel, for example, with multiple receiver chains.
[00186] In some demonstrative embodiments, an enhanced wideband transmission technique may not be suitable for some implementations. For example, an enhanced wideband transmission technique may utilize a SIC capability of an AP to sense secondary channels and/or to initiate wideband data transmission in the middle of an on-going narrowband data transmission, so as to increase the DL physical data rate to a STA. However, this approach may work only when the STA is able to communicate with the AP over a wide bandwidth, e.g., a BW of 80 MHz.
[00187] In contrast to the enhanced wideband transmission, the MACB schemes described herein may be implemented, for example, to enable enhanced wideband transmission even to CE STAs, and/or other STAs, which are able to only communicate with the AP over narrow bandwidth, e.g., a BW of 20MHz, for example, by initiating MACB data transmission even during an on-going narrowband data transmission. [00188] In one example, the MACB may provide an increased, e.g., up to four times, physical data rate gain with coordination of four APs, for example, when comparing to the case where the CE STA can only receive a 20 MHz data packet from a single AP.
[00189] In some demonstrative embodiments, it may not be advantageous to utilize a technique to allow a master AP to initiate an MACB data transmission from multiple APs to a CE STA over multiple adjacent 20 MHz channels in a middle of a data transmission from a single AP to the STA over a narrower 20 MHz bandwidth, e.g., so as to improve the DL throughput performance of the CE STA. For example, this can be done by the master AP continuously sensing the secondary channels using the SIC capability. However, this approach may work only when the CE STA is receiving data from a single AP, e.g., as shown in Figs. 4 and 5. In addition, this approach may not efficiently support initiating the MACB data transmission from multiple APs to the CE STA, e.g., if one or more secondary APs are busy or the Network Allocation Vector (NAV) setting is not expired. [00190] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, there may be overlapping Basic Service Sets (BSSs), and the secondary 20 or 40 MHz channels may be occupied by other STAs.
[00191] In some demonstrative embodiments, when a master AP and/or one or secondary APs have data to transmit to a STA, the master AP, secondary APs and/or the STA may be allowed to initiate the transmission, for example, based on one or more criteria and/or conditions, e.g., as described below.
[00192] Referring back to Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the master AP; device 140 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the CE STA, device 160 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of a secondary AP, and/or device 180 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more other STAs, e.g., as described below.
[00193] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, e.g., as described below.
[00194] In some demonstrative embodiments, the plurality of channels may include a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
[00195] In some demonstrative embodiments, the primary channel may include a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel. In other embodiments, the primary channel may include any other channel.
[00196] In some demonstrative embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. In other embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include any other channels.
[00197] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit to a wireless station (STA), e.g., STA 140, an MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, for example, when at least the primary channel is idle, e.g., as described below.
[00198] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB DL transmission may include a first DL transmission (also referred to as a "master DL transmission") from a first AP, e.g., device 102, to device 140 over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions (also referred to as "secondary DL transmissions") from one or more second APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
[00199] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy, e.g., as described below. [00200] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., as described below.
[00201] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs, e.g., device 160, over at least one of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
[00202] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, e.g., as described below.
[00203] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more idle channels may include at least the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00204] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
[00205] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may receive the MACB- RTS frame from device 102, e.g., as described below.
[00206] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive from device 102 the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140 during the MACB period, e.g., as described below.
[00207] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB DL transmission may include the first DL transmission from device 102 to device 140, e.g., the master DL transmission, over the first channel and the one or more second DL transmissions, e.g., the secondary DL transmissions, from the one or more second APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over the one or more second channels. [00208] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive, e.g., from device 102, the one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame, for example, over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below.
[00209] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, e.g., as described below.
[00210] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more idle channels may include at least the first channel, e.g., the primary channel of device 102, and the at least one busy channel may include at least one of the one or more second channels, e.g., as described below.
[00211] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit an MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00212] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB -trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00213] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more STA-indicated channels may include the at least one busy secondary channel.
[00214] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00215] In some demonstrative embodiments, the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include resource allocation information and/or Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, e.g., as described below.
[00216] In some demonstrative embodiments, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, and/or the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00217] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below.
[00218] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may receive the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00219] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive from device 140 the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00220] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the MACB -trigger frame from device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00221] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00222] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to configure the first DL transmission based on the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame from device 102, e.g., as described below.
[00223] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may receive the first DL transmission from device 102, e.g., as described below.
[00224] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, e.g., as described below. [00225] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more DL transmissions may include at least the first DL transmission from device 102 over the first channel, e.g., as described below.
[00226] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit, e.g., to device 102, a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00227] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may receive the BA from device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00228] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the BA from device 140, for example, to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00229] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs, for example, device 160, e.g., as described below.
[00230] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 160 may detect the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00231] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to, during communication between device 160 and another wireless communication device, e.g., device 180, over a primary channel of device 160, detect the MACB -trigger frame from device 102, as described below.
[00232] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-trigger frame from device 102 may indicate the MACB time period of the MACB DL transmission to device 140, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from device 160 to device 102 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., a secondary DL transmission of the secondary DL transmissions, and a second DL transmission from device 102 to device 140 over a secondary channel of device 160, for example, the master DL transmission, e.g., as described below. [00233] In some demonstrative embodiments, the primary channel of device 160 may include a primary 20 MHz channel, and the secondary channel of device 160 may include a secondary 20MHz channel.
[00234] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below.
[00235] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-trigger frame may include the one or more STA-indicated channels including at least the primary channel of device 160, for example, the at least one busy secondary channel of the plurality of channels, e.g., as described above.
[00236] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to, after completion of the communication with device 180 over the primary channel of device 160, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below.
[00237] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to configure the first DL transmission, e.g., the secondary DL transmission, based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., as described below.
[00238] In some demonstrative embodiments, the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include the resource allocation information and the MCS information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, and/or the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00239] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from device 180 over the primary channel of device 160, e.g., as described below. [00240] In some demonstrative embodiments, the acknowledgement from device 180 may acknowledge completion of the communication with device 180, as described below.
[00241] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel of device 160, for example, prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00242] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a CTS-to-Self frame over the primary channel of device 160, for example, to reserve the primary channel of device 160 for the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00243] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive a BA from device 140 to acknowledge the first DL transmission, for example, the secondary DL transmission, from device 160, e.g., as described below.
[00244] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160, and/or 180 may be configured to communicate over two different frequency bands, e.g., as described below.
[00245] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB RTS frame and/or the MACB-trigger frame may be communicated over a first frequency band, and/or the MACB DL transmission may be communicated over a second frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00246] In some demonstrative embodiments, the plurality of channels, e.g. form the MACB data transmission, sensed by device 102, may be in a first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00247] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., to device 140, and to receive the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., from device 140, in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below. [00248] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may receive the first DL transmission, e.g., the master transmission, from device 102 over a first channel in a first frequency band, and the one or more second DL transmissions, the secondary DL transmissions, from device 160, over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00249] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive the MACB-RTS, e.g., from device 102, and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame, e.g., to device 102, over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00250] In some demonstrative embodiments, the primary channel and the secondary channel of device 160 may be in a first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00251] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive the MACB -trigger frame, from device 140, in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00252] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to perform one or more operations of an MACB transmission scheme, for example, when a secondary 20 MHz channel is busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 7; when a secondary 20 MHz and a secondary 40 MHz channel are busy, e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 8; and/or even when a secondary 40 MHz channel is busy e.g., as described below with reference to Fig. 9.
[00253] Reference is made to Fig. 7, which schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 700, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00254] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, MACB data transmission 700 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STA0", e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, and a second STA, denoted "STA1".
[00255] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 700 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0. [00256] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3, and/or device 180 may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, STA1.
[00257] In one example, MACB data transmission 700 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 708 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels. [00258] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, the 80 MHz channel 708 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 710 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 712 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 714, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels. [00259] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB transmission 700 may be performed, for example, even when the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 is busy, e.g., as described below.
[00260] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP0 may sense the secondary channels 712 and/or 714, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
[00261] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if both the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 and the 40 MHz channel 714 are idle, the master AP0, secondary APs 1-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure, e.g., as described above with reference to Fig. 3.
[00262] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, the master AP, secondary AP and/or STA may perform MACB transmission 700, for example, if the secondary 40 MHz channel 714 is idle and the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 is busy, for example, occupied for data transmission 731 from first secondary API to its associated STA1, e.g., as describe below. [00263] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, the master AP0 may transmit three duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 720 over the primary 20 MHZ channel 710 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 714 to the STA0.
[00264] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 723 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 722 from the STA0, the master AP0 may transmit a 20 MHz PPDU packet 724 to the STA0 over the primary 20 MHz channel 710, for example, based on the information indicated in an MACB-TRIGGER frame 722 from the STA0.
[00265] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, for example, after transmitting the 20 MHz packet 724, the master AP0 may wait for a BA frame 720 over the transmitted channel, e.g. the primary 20 MHz channel 710.
[00266] In some demonstrative embodiments, while transmitting the data packet 731 to the STAl, which is associated with API over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, the first secondary AP (API) may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, by utilizing self-interference cancellation (SIC) techniques and/or any other additional or alternative techniques.
[00267] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if the API detects the MACB-TRIGGER frame 722 from the STA0 and knows that the duration of transmission of the buffered frame to THE STA0 plus current packet exchange with STAl is less than the time indicated in MACB-TRIGGER frame 720 for data transmission from AP0 to STA0, then the API may initiate an MACB data transmission 734 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 after the current packet exchange 731 with STAl.
[00268] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, after transmitting the packet 731 to the STAl, the API may wait for a BA frame 732 from STAl over the transmitted channel 712.
[00269] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, after the reception of the BA frame 732 from the STAl, the API may prepare a DL data packet 734 for STA0, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB- TRIGGER frame 722. The packet transmission 734 from API to the STA0 may be completed, for example, by the end of packet transmission 724 from the master AP0 to the STA0, e.g., over the primary channel 710. [00270] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, a SIFS time or any other time, after reception of the BA frame 732 from the STA1, the API may initiate the data packet transmission 734 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712.
[00271] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, to protect the packet transmission from API to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712 from 3rd party STAs, the API may reserve the medium, for example, with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchange with the STA1.
[00272] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if there is no packet transmission from API to the STA0 after the packet transmission to the STA 1, the API may send a Contention Free end (CF-End) frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV.
[00273] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, the API may send a Clear to Send to self (CTS-to-self frame), e.g., a SIFS time after the reception of the BA frame 732 from the STA1, for example, to reserve the medium for packet transmission 734 to the STA0.
[00274] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, after transmitting the 20 MHz data packet 734, the API may wait for a BA frame 727 over the transmitted channel 712.
[00275] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more other secondary APs, e.g., AP2 and/or AP3, may transmit data packets 735 to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
[00276] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, for example, a SIFS time 723 or any other time, after the reception of MACB-TRIGGER frame 722 from the STA0, the other secondary APs, e.g., AP2 and AP3, which may be identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 722, may transmit data packets 735 to the STA0 over the third and fourth 20 MHz channels, respectively, e.g., the secondary 40MHZ channel 714.
[00277] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, after transmitting the 20 MHz packets 735 to the STA0, AP2 and AP3 may wait for a BA frame 728 over the transmitted channel 714. [00278] In some demonstrative embodiments, the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB -TRIGGER frames 722, for example, when it receives the one or more MACB-RTS frames 720 from the master AP0.
[00279] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, for example, if the STAO does not detect any interference on primary 20 MHz channel 710 and secondary 40 MHz channel 714, for example, a PIFS prior to and SIFS 721 after, the reception of the MACB-RTS frames 720, the STAO may respond with three duplicated MACB -TRIGGER frames 722 over the primary 20 MHz channel 710 and secondary 40 MHz channel 714, for example, to trigger the master AP0, and the secondary APs, AP2 and AP3, to transmit DL data packets 735 to the STAO.
[00280] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 7, the STAO may receive DL data packets 734 and 735, e.g., the three 20 MHz packets, for example, three 20 MHz A-MPDU packets, and decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
[00281] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, while the STAO receiving the 20 MHz packets over the primary 20 MHz channel 710 and secondary 40 MHz channel 714, the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, using multiple receiver chains.
[00282] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, once the STAO detects a new packet, e.g., data packet 734, over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary 20 MHz channel 712, for example, in parallel with the packet reception over the primary 20 MHz channel 710 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 714. The packet receptions over different channels may be done using the different receiver chains.
[00283] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, a SIFS time 725 or any other time, after the reception of the date packets 724, 734, and/or 735 from all the coordinated APs, e.g., APs0-3, the STAO may respond back BA frames 726 over the channels it has received packet.
[00284] Reference is made to Fig. 8, which schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 800, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00285] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, MACB data transmission 800 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "APO", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STAO", e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, a second STA, denoted "STA1", a third STA, denoted "STA2", and a fourth STA, denoted "STA3".
[00286] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 800 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., APO, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
[00287] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., APO; device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3, and/or device 180 may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a STA, e.g., of STAs 1-3.
[00288] In one example, MACB data transmission 800 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 808 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00289] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 8, the 80 MHz channel 808 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 810 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 812 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 814, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
[00290] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master APO may sense the secondary channels 812 and/or 814, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
[00291] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if both the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and the 40 MHz channel 814 are idle, the master APO, secondary APsl-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure 300 (Fig. 3). [00292] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB transmission 800 may be performed, for example, when the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 814 are busy, e.g., as described below.
[00293] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 8, the master AP, secondary APs 1-3 and/or STAs 0-3 may perform MACB transmission 800, for example, if the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and the secondary 40 MHz channel 814 are busy, for example, occupied for data transmissions from APs 1-3 to their associated STAs, STAs 1-3, e.g., as described below.
[00294] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, the master AP (APO) may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 820 to STAO.
[00295] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, a SIFS time 823 or any other time, after the reception of an MACB-TRIGGER frame 822 from the STAO, the master APO may transmit a 20 MHz PPDU packet 824 to the STAO, for example, in accordance with an A-MPDU format of an IEEE 802.1 lac Specification or any other Specification.
[00296] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, after transmitting the 20 MHz packet 824, the master APO may wait for a BA frame 826 over the transmitted channel 810.
[00297] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 8, one or more of the secondary APs, e.g., all secondary APs, (API, AP2 and AP3) may transmit data packets 831, 832 and 833, to STAsl-3 over three 20 MHz secondary channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808, respectively.
[00298] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, while transmitting the data packets 831, 832 and 833 to STAsl-3, the APsl-3 may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 810, for example, by utilizing SIC and/or any other technique.
[00299] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, if the secondary APs detect the MACB-TRIGGER frame 822 from the STAO and the duration of transmission of the buffered frames to STAO plus current packet exchange with the STAsl-3 is less than the time indicated in MACB-TRIGGER frame 822 for data transmission from the master APO to the STAO, then the secondary APs may initiate the MACB data transmission to the STAO over the secondary 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808, for example, after current packet exchange 831, 832, and 833 with STAs 1-3, respectively.
[00300] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, after transmitting the packets 831, 832, and/or 833 to STAs 1-3, the APs 1-3 may wait for BA frames 835 over the respective transmitted channel.
[00301] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, after the reception of the BA frames 835 from STAs 1-3, APs 1-3 may prepare the DL data packets 836 for the STAO, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 822. The packet transmissions 836 from APs 1-3 to the STAO may be completed, for example, by the end of packet transmission 824 from the master AP0 to the STAO over the primary channel 810.
[00302] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, a SIFS time or any other time, after reception of the BA frame from STAs 1-3, APs 1-3 may initiate data packet transmission 836 to the STAO over the secondary, third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808.
[00303] In some demonstrative embodiments, the APs 1-3 may reserve the medium with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchanges 831, 832, and/or 833 with STAs 1-3, for example, in order to protect from 3rd party STAs the packet transmissions 836 from APs 1-3 to the STAO over the secondary 20 and/or secondary 40 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808. For example, if there is no packet transmission from APs 1-3 to the STAO after the packet transmission to STAs 1-3, the APs 1-3 may send a CF-End frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV. For example, the APs 1-3 may send a CTS-to-self frame SIFS time after the reception of the BA frames 835 from STAs 1-3 to reserve the medium for packet transmissions 836 to STA 0.
[00304] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, after transmitting the 20 MHz packets 836, APs 1-3 may wait for BA frames 826 over the transmitted channel.
[00305] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB-TRIGGER frames 822, for example, when it receives one or more MACB-RTS frames 820 from the master AP0. [00306] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, the STAO may respond with one MACB -TRIGGER frame 822 over the primary 20 MHz channel 810, for example, to trigger the master AP0 to transmit DL data packet 824 to the STAO.
[00307] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, the STAO may receive the 20 MHz packet 824, e.g., 20 MHz A-MPDU packet, and may decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
[00308] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, while receiving the 20 MHz packet 824 over the primary 20 MHz channel 810, the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and/or the secondary 40 MHz channel 814, for example, using multiple receiver chains. For example, once the STAO detects a new packet over the secondary 20 MHz channel 812 and/or the secondary 40 MHz channel 814, the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary channels of the 80 MHZ channel 808 in parallel with the packet reception of the data packet 824 over the primary 20 MHz channel 810. The packet receptions over different channels may be performed, for example, over different receiver chains.
[00309] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 8, a SIFS time or any other time, after the reception of the packet 824 from all the coordinated APs, the STAO may respond back with BA frames 826 to the APs0-3 over the channels it has received a packet.
[00310] Reference is made to Fig. 9, which schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 900, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00311] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, MACB data transmission 900 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a plurality of STAs, e.g., including a first STA, denoted "STAO", e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs, a second STA, denoted "STA2", and a third STA, denoted "STA3".
[00312] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 900 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STAO.
[00313] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the STAO; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., APO; device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3, and/or device 180 may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a STA, e.g., of STAs 2-3.
[00314] In one example, MACB data transmission 900 may be over an 80MHz channel BW 908 including first, second, third, and fourth 20 MHz channels.
[00315] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 9, the 80 MHz channel 908 may include a primary 20MHZ channel 910 including the first 20 MHz channel, and two secondary channels, e.g., including a first 20MHZ secondary channel 912 including the second 20 MHz channel, and a second 40MHZ secondary channel 914, e.g., including the third and fourth 20MHZ channels.
[00316] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master APO may sense the secondary channels 912 and/or 914, for example, during an interval of a PIFS or any other time, immediately preceding its backoff expiration or the start of the TXOP and may decide on the TX channel bandwidth.
[00317] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, if both the secondary 20 MHz channel 912 and the 40 MHz channel 914 are idle, the master APO, secondary APs 1-3 and the STAO may follow the MACB procedure 300 (Fig. 3).
[00318] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB transmission 900 may be performed, for example, when the secondary 40 MHz channel 914 is busy, e.g., as described below.
[00319] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 9, the master AP, the secondary APs and/or the STAs may perform MACB transmission 900, for example, if the secondary 40 MHz channel 914 is busy, for example, occupied for data transmission from APs2-3 to their associated STAs, e.g., STAs2-3, respectively, e.g., as described below.
[00320] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 9, the master APOmay transmit two duplicated 20 MHz MACB-RTS frames 920 to the STAO over the primary channel 910 and the secondary 20 MHz channel 912. [00321] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, a SIFS time 923 or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 920, the master APO may transmit to the STA0 a 20 MHz PPDU packet 924, for example, in accordance with an A-MPDU format, e.g., in compliance with an IEEE 802.11ac Specification, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922.
[00322] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, after transmitting the 20 MHz packet 924, the master APO may wait for a BA frame 926 from the STA0 over the transmitted channel 910.
[00323] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, a SIFS time 923 or any other time, after the reception of MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 from the STA0, a first secondary AP (AP 1), which may be identified in the MACB- TRIGGER frame 920, may transmit a data packet 934 to the STA0 over the secondary 20 MHz channel 912.
[00324] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, after transmitting the 20 MHz packet 934 to the STA0, the API may wait for a BA frame 926 over the transmitted channel 912.
[00325] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 9, one or more of the secondary APs, e.g., AP2 and/or AP3, may transmit data packets 931 and 932 to STA2 and/or STA3 over the third and/or fourth channel 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, respectively.
[00326] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, while transmitting the data packets 931 and 932 to STA2 and/or STA3, respectively, AP2 and/or AP3 may keep monitoring the primary 20 MHz channel 910, for example, by utilizing SIC and/or any other technique.
[00327] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, if the AP2 and/or AP3 detect the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 from the STA0 and the duration of transmission of the buffered frame to the STA0 plus current respective packet exchange with STA2 and/or STA3 is less than the time indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 for data transmission from the master APO to the STA0, then AP2 and/or AP3 may initiate the MACB data transmission to the STA0 over the third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, for example, after current packet exchange 931 and 932 with STA2 and/or STA3, respectively. [00328] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, after transmitting the packets 931 and 932 to STA 2 and STA 3, respectively, the AP2 and AP3 may wait for BA frames 933 over the transmitted channel 914.
[00329] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, after the reception of the BA frames 933 from STA2 and/or STA3, the AP2 and/or AP3 may prepare the data packets 935 for the STAO, for example, based on the information indicated in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 922 from the STAO. The packet transmission 935 from AP2 and/or AP3 to the STA 0 may be completed by the end of packet transmission 924 from the master APO to the STAO over the primary channel 910.
[00330] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, a SIFS time or any other time, after reception of the BA frame 933 from STA 2 and/or STA 3, the AP2 and/or AP3 may initiate data packet transmission 935 to the STAO over the third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908.
[00331] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, to protect from 3rd party STAs the packet transmission from the API and/or AP2 to the STAO over the third and/or fourth 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, the API and/or AP2 may reserve the medium with a longer time duration than a duration needed for the packet exchanges 931 and 932 with STA 1 and/or STA 2. For example, if there is no packet transmission from API and/or AP2 to the STAO after the packet transmission to STA1 and/or ST 2, the API and/or AP2 may send a CF-End frame for 3rd party STAs to reset their NAV. For example, the API and/or AP2 may send a CTS-to-self frame SIFS time after the reception of the BA frames 933 from STA1 and/or STA 2 to reserve the medium for packet transmission 935 to the STAO.
[00332] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, after transmitting the 20 MHz packets 935, the AP2 and/or AP3 may wait for BA frames 926 over the transmitted channel.
[00333] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, the STAO may follow one or more rules, e.g., in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 Specification, and may respond with one or more MACB-TRIGGER frames 922, for example, when it receives one or more MACB-RTS frames 920 from the master APO.
[00334] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, if the STAO does not detect any interference over the primary and secondary 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, the STAO may respond with two duplicated MACB -TRIGGER frames 922 over the primary and secondary 20 MHz channels of the 80 MHZ channel 908, for example, to trigger the master AP0 and API to transmit DL data packets 924 and 934, respectively, to the STA 0.
[00335] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, the STAO may receive the two 20 MHz packets 924 and/or 934, e.g., two 20 MHz A- MPDU packets, and may decode A-MPDU subframes that are received correctly.
[00336] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, while receiving the two 20 MHz packets 924 and 934 over the primary channel 910 and the secondary 20 MHz channel 912 of the 80 MHZ channel 908, the STAO may keep monitoring the secondary 40 MHz channel 914, for example, using multiple receiver chains. For example, once the STAO detects a new packet over the secondary 40 MHz channel 914, the STAO may start a new packet reception over the secondary channels 914, e.g., in parallel with the packet reception over the primary channel 910 and the secondary 20 MHz channel 912. The packet receptions over different channels may be performed, for example, over different receiver chains.
[00337] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 9, a SIFS time or any other time, after the reception of the packets 924, 934, and/or 935 from all the coordinated APs, the STAO may respond back with BA frames 926 over the channels it has received a packet.
[00338] Referring back to Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments, an MACB scheme, e.g., MACB scheme 300 (Fig. 3) may be configured to address one or more technical aspects, for example, to support efficient transmission, for example, even in cases that an AP and/or the CE STA cannot reach one another, e.g., as described below.
[00339] In one example, an MACB data transmission from an AP to a cell edge STA may not be initiated successfully, for example due to a large propagation loss and/or asymmetric transmit powers of the AP and the STA, e.g., as described below.
[00340] Reference is made to Fig. 10, which schematically illustrates an MACB communication scheme 1000 between an AP 1002 and a CE STA 1040 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. [00341] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA 1040; and/or device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, one of the AP 1002. [00342] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 10, STA 1040 and AP 1002 may reach each other with 20MHz signals.
[00343] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 10, AP 1002 may only reach CE STA 1040 with a 20MHz signal 1007.
[00344] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 10, STA 1040 may only reach AP 1002 with a 20MHz signal 1047.
[00345] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 10, STA 1040 may not be able to reach AP 1002 using a 80MHz signal 1049.
[00346] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 10, transmission range of 20MHz signals 1047 and 1007, e.g., over the 5GHz band, is greater than 80MHz signal 1049, e.g., when using the same transmit power for STA 1040 and AP 1002.
[00347] Reference is made to Fig. 11, which schematically illustrates an MACB communication scheme 1100 between an AP 1102 and a CE STA 1140 to illustrate one or more technical aspects, which may be addressed in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00348] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA 1140; and/or device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, one of the AP 1002. [00349] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 11, AP 1102 may reach CE STA 1140 with a 20MHz signal 1107 and/or a 80MHz signal 1109.
[00350] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 11, STA 1140 may reach AP 1102 with a 20MHz signal 1147.
[00351] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 11, STA 1140 may not be able to reach AP 1102 using a 80MHz signal 1149. [00352] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 11, transmission range of 80MHz signal 1109, e.g., over the 5GHz band, is greater than transmission range of 80MHz signal 1149, e.g., over the 5GHz band, for example, since the transmit power of STA 1140 may usually be much lower than the transmit power of the AP 1102.
[00353] Referring back to Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 10 and/or Fig. 11, a STA and an AP may not be able to exchange four duplicated 20MHz MACB-RTS or MACB -TRIGGER frames from a beginning of the frame exchange sequence, for example, to enable an MACB data transmission, e.g., MACB data transmission 300.
[00354] In some demonstrative embodiments, an MACB scheme may implement an MACB MAC protocol, which may utilize a first band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, for control frames such as MACB-RTS, MACB -TRIGGER and BA frames; and/or utilize a second band, e.g., the 5GHz band, for downlink MACB data transmissions, e.g., as described below.
[00355] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB MAC protocol may utilize the 2.4 GHz band for the control frames, e.g. the MACB-RTS, the MACB -TRIGGER and/or the BA frames, for example, to enable a link between the AP and the CE STA having a better link budget, e.g., having a reduced propagation loss e.g., as described below.
[00356] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB MAC protocol may utilize the 5 GHz band for downlink MACB data transmissions, which may provide a wider bandwidth, e.g., 80 or 160MHz channel BW, compared to the 2.4GHz band, e.g., as described below. [00357] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to support concurrent Multi-Band Operation (MBO), e.g., operating at both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
[00358] In some demonstrative embodiments, the concurrent multi-band operation, may enable a cell edge STA to exchange the control frames, such as MACB-RTS, MACB-TRIGGER and BA frames, with coordinated APs, for example, using the 2.4GHz band; and/or to initiate the downlink MACB data transmission from multiple APs at the same time successfully using the 5GHz band, which may provide up to four times throughput gain for the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
[00359] In some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140 160 and/or 180 may configured to perform MACB data transmission using concurrent multi-band operation, e.g., as described below.
[00360] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the master AP; device 140 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of the CE STA, device 160 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more functionalities of a secondary AP, and/or device 180 may perform the functionality of, the role of, one or more operations of and/or one or more other STAs e.g., as described below.
[00361] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
[00362] In some demonstrative embodiments, the plurality of channels may include a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below. [00363] In some demonstrative embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. In other embodiments, the plurality of secondary channels may include any other channels.
[00364] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit to a wireless station (STA), e.g., STA 140, an MACB-RTS frame over a second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4GHz band, to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, for example, when at least the primary channel is idle, e.g., as described below.
[00365] In some demonstrative embodiments, the first frequency band may include the 5 GHz band, and the second frequency band may include the 2.4GHz band. In other embodiments, any other frequency bands may be used. [00366] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-RTS frame may include an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
[00367] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB DL transmission may include a first DL transmission (also referred to as a "master DL transmission") from device 102 to device 140 over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions (also referred to as "secondary DL transmissions") from one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160, to device 140 over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described below.
[00368] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy, e.g., as described above.
[00369] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame, for example, when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a PIFS before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame, e.g., as described above.
[00370] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs, e.g., device 160, over at least one of the one or more secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00371] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to allow the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
[00372] In some demonstrative embodiments, the at least one idle channel may include at least the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00373] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may receive the MACB- RTS frame from device 102, for example, over the 2.4GHz band, e.g., as described below. [00374] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to receive from device 102 the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140 during the MACB period, e.g., as described below.
[00375] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-RTS frame may be received by device 140, for example, over the second frequency band different from the first frequency band, for example, over the 2.4GHz band e.g., as described below.
[00376] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit an MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00377] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
[00378] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more STA-indicated channels may include the at least one busy channel, which is detected by device 140 to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame, e.g., as described above.
[00379] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00380] In some demonstrative embodiments, the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame may include resource allocation information and/or MCS information, e.g., as described above.
[00381] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band, for example, in the 5GHZ band, e.g., as described below. [00382] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may receive the MACB- trigger frame from device 140 over the second frequency band, e.g., as described below.
[00383] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the MACB -trigger frame from device 140 over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2,4 GHZ band, to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00384] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive from device 140 the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00385] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 over the primary channel, e.g., as described below.
[00386] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to configure the first DL transmission based on the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame from device 102, e.g., as described above.
[00387] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to transmit a CTS-to-self frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle, for example, after receipt of the MACB- trigger frame and prior to the transmission of the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00388] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may receive the MACB transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00389] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to, during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below. [00390] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to transmit, e.g., to device 102, a BA to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00391] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may receive the BA from device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00392] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to receive the BA from device 140, for example, to acknowledge the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00393] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 160 may detect the MACB- trigger frame from device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00394] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive from device 140 the MACB trigger frame to indicate the MACB time period of the MACB Downlink DL transmission to device 140, e.g., as described below.
[00395] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB DL transmission may include at least a first DL transmission from device 160 to device 140 over a first channel of device 160 in a first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHz band, and a second DL transmission from device 102 to device 140 over a second channel in the first frequency band.
[00396] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-trigger frame may be received by device 160 over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4GHz band, which different from the first frequency band, for example, the 5GHz band, e.g., as described below.
[00397] In some demonstrative embodiments, the first channel of device 160 may include a primary 20 MHz channel of device 160, and the second channel of device 160 may include a secondary 20MHz channel of device 160.
[00398] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-trigger frame may include one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by device 140, for the MACB DL transmission. [00399] In some demonstrative embodiments, the one or more STA-indicated channels may include at least the first channel of device 160 in the first frequency band.
[00400] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 over the first channel of device 160 in the first frequency band, for example, the 5Ghz band, e.g., as described below.
[00401] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to configure the first DL transmission, e.g., the secondary DL transmission, based on the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame, e.g., as described above.
[00402] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to transmit a CTS-to-Self frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00403] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 174 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 to receive a BA from device 140 to acknowledge the first DL transmission, for example, the secondary DL transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00404] Reference is made to Fig. 12, which schematically illustrates an MACB transmission 1200 with multi-band operation (MBO), in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00405] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 12, MACB transmission 1200 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00406] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 1200 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0. [00407] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3.
[00408] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, MACB transmission 1200 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
[00409] In this example, the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time.
[00410] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP0, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master AP0 and/or the secondary APs 1-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
[00411] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (AP0) may checks its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands. If the NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands are clear or reset, the master AP0 may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
[00412] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (AP0) may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below. [00413] In one example, as shown in Fig. 12, all the channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
[00414] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, the master AP (AP0) may send a 20 MHz MACB-RTS frame 1202 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band. [00415] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-RTS frame 1202 may include specific information, for example, to indicate that one or more channels over the 5GHz band, e.g., the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4, may be used for MACB data transmission in a following TXOP.
[00416] In some demonstrative embodiments, third party devices, which may be able to decode the MACB-RTS frame 1202 in the 2.4GHz band and may support the multi-band operation (MBO), may be required to set their NAVs over the 5GHz channels chl-ch4.
[00417] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, the STA, e.g., the receiver of the MACB-RTS frame 1202, may monitor a CCA 1241 for the four channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band, e.g., after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 1202.
[00418] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204 to all the coordinated APs (APs 0- 3) over the 2.4GHz band, for example, if the STA detects that one or more 20 MHz channels are available over the 5 GHz channels chl-ch4 for a predefined time duration, e.g. a SIFS or any other predefined time duration, after the reception of the MACB-RTS frame 1202.
[00419] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, the STA may trigger AP0-AP3 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl-ch4, respectively, for example, if the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 are idle. [00420] In some demonstrative embodiments, the STA may only trigger AP0-AP1 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl-ch2, respectively, for example, if only chl and ch2 are idle.
[00421] In some demonstrative embodiments, the STA may only trigger AP0 to transmit DL data packets 1208 to the STA over chl, for example, if only chl is idle. [00422] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204 may include specific information to parameterize the DL MACB Data transmission.
[00423] In some demonstrative embodiments, upon the reception of the MACB- TRIGGER frame 1204, all the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1204, may monitor their CCA 1205 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA. [00424] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, an AP, each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a CTS-to-self frame 1206 to reserve the channel for a DL data transmission 1208, and may send a DL data packet 1208 to the CE STA over an assigned 5GHz band channel, for example, SIFS or any other time, after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1206, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1204.
[00425] In some demonstrative embodiments, upon the reception of the MACB- TRIGGER frame 1204, third party devices that can decode the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1024 and support the MBO operation may set their NAVs over the 5GHz band channels that are scheduled for the MACB data transmission.
[00426] In some demonstrative embodiments, after finishing the data transmission 1208 to the CE STA, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1209 over the 2.4GHz band. [00427] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1210 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1212 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1210, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band. [00428] In one example, when an AP, e.g., AP0-3, is transmitting DL data packet 1208 to the CE STA over the 5GHz band, the AP can access the 2.4GHz band to communicate with other associated STAs at the same time.
[00429] In one example, when the AP is exchanging the MACB-BA Req. 1210 and BA frame 1212 with the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band, the AP can access the 5GHz band to communicate with other associated STAs at the same time.
[00430] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 12, the MACB-RTS frame and the MACB-TRIGGER frame, may be transmitted over the 2.4GHz band, e.g., the MACB-RTS frame 1202 and the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1204.
[00431] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MACB-RTS frame and the MACB-TRIGGER may indicate the MACB data transmission over the 5Ghz band. The master AP and the CE STA can prevent third party devices that support the MBO operation from accessing the 5GHz band channels, e.g., the 5GHz chl-4. However, the master AP and the CE STA cannot prevent other third party devices that do not support MBO operation and//or the MACB data transmission from accessing the 5GHz channels during the MACB-RTS or MACB -TRIGGER frame transmission and interfering the following MACB data transmission.
[00432] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP and the CE STA may perform one or more operations, for example, to prevent interference of the MACB data transmission by the other third devices that do not support the MACB data transmission, e.g., as described below.
[00433] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP and the CE STA may transmit the MACB-RTS and MACB -TRIGGER frame, respectively, over the 2.4GHz band with a transmit power, which may enable the control frame exchange to initiate the MACB data transmission from all the coordinated APs, e.g. APs0-3, to the CE STA.
[00434] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP and the CE STA may transmit duplicated MACB-RTS and MACB -TRIGGER frames, respectively, over the 5GHz band with a remaining transmit power to reserve the 5GHz channels for the following MACB data transmission, e.g., from the third party devices that are near the master AP and the CE STA, e.g., as described below.
[00435] Referring back to Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to communicate one or more control frames, e.g., the MACB RTS and/or the MACB trigger frames, which may be duplicated over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands using different transmit powers, e.g., described below.
[00436] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may assign different transmit powers to the MACB-RTS frames over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
[00437] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHz band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below. [00438] In some demonstrative embodiments, the first transmit power may be less than the second transmit power, e.g., as described below.
[00439] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may assign different transmit powers to the MACB -trigger frames over the 2.4 GHz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
[00440] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, e.g., the 5GHZ band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, for example, e.g., the 2.4GHZ band, e.g., as described below.
[00441] In some demonstrative embodiments, the first transmit power may be less than the second transmit power, e.g., as described below.
[00442] Reference is made to Fig. 13, which schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 1300 with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00443] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 13, MACB transmission 1300 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00444] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 1300 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
[00445] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary AP, e.g., of APs 1-3.
[00446] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, MACB data transmission 1300 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
[00447] In this example, the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time. [00448] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP0, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master AP0 and/or the secondary APs 1-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below.
[00449] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (AP0) may checks its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands. If the NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands are clear or reset, the master AP0 may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, e.g., immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
[00450] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (AP0) may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below.
[00451] In one example, as shown in Fig. 13, all the 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
[00452] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the master AP (AP0) may transmit a 20MHz MACB-RTS frame 1302 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band.
[00453] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the master AP may transmit four duplicated MACB-RTS frames 1322 to the STA over the 5GHz band, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 for the following MACB data transmission from third party devices that may not support the MBO operation and/or the MACB data transmission and/or may be near the master AP and/or the STA.
[00454] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the master AP may assign 80% of the total transmit power over the 2.4GHz band for the MACB- RTS frame 1302. [00455] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the master AP may assign 20% of the total transmit power over the 5GHz band for the four duplicated MACB-RTS frames 1322.
[00456] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 2.4GHz band.
[00457] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the STA may transmit four duplicated MACB-TRIGGER frames 1344 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 5GHz band, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 from third party devices that may not support the MACB data transmission.
[00458] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the STA may assign 80% of total transmit power over the 2.4GHz band for the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304.
[00459] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, the STA may assign 20% of total transmit power over the 5GHz band for the four duplicated MACB-TRIGGER frames 1344, for example, to reserve the 5GHz channels chl-ch4 for the following MACB data transmission from third party devices that may not support the MBO operation and/or the MACB data transmission and that may be near the master AP and/or the STA. [00460] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, upon the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304, all the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304, may monitor their CCA 1305 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
[00461] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, an AP, each AP of APs 0-3 may transmit CTS-to-self frame 1306 to reserve the channel for a DL data transmission 1308 and may send a DL data packet 1308 to the CE STA over an assigned 5GHz band channel, for example, a SIFS or any other time after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1306, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB-TRIGGER frame 1304. [00462] In some demonstrative embodiments, after finishing the data transmission 1308 to the CE STA, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1309 over the 2.4GHz band.
[00463] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 13, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1310 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1312 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1310, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band.
[00464] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown above in Figs. 12 and 13, the DL data packets for the CE STA, e.g., DL data transmissions 1208 (Fig. 12), and 1308 (Fig. 13), may be transmitted over the 5GHz band, e.g., over the 5GHz channels chl-ch4.
[00465] In some demonstrative embodiments, if a CE STA is able to receive data packets over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time, it may be beneficial to trigger multiple APs, which are coordinated with the CE STA, to transmit the DL data packets to the STA not only over 5GHz band but also over the 2.4GHz band, for example, to improve a performance of a CE STA, e.g., as described below.
[00466] Referring back to Fig. 1, in some demonstrative embodiments, devices 102, 140, 160 and/or 180 may be configured to communicate DL data packets, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., described below.
[00467] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 102 may be configured to transmit the DL data packets to device 140, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands, e.g., as described below.
[00468] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 124 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 that the MACB DL transmission, e.g., to device 140, is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, e.g., the 5GHZ and the 2.4GHZ bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below. [00469] In some demonstrative embodiments, device 140 may be configured to indicate to device 102 to transmit the DL data packets to device 140, for example, over both the 2.4Ghz and the 5GHz bands.
[00470] In some demonstrative embodiments, controller 154 may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 to include in the MACB -trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, e.g., the 5GHZ and the 2.4GHZ bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from device 102 the another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band, e.g., the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described below.
[00471] Reference is made to Fig. 14, which schematically illustrates of an MACB transmission 1400 with MBO, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments.
[00472] In some demonstrative embodiments, for example, as shown in Fig. 14, MACB transmission 1400 may be performed between multiple APs, e.g., including a first AP denoted "AP0", a second AP, denoted "API", a third AP, denoted "AP2", a fourth AP, denoted "AP3"; and a STA, e.g., a CE STA, which may be associated with the multiple APs.
[00473] In some demonstrative embodiments, MACB data transmission 1400 may implement a definition of a master AP, e.g., AP0, and one or more secondary APs, e.g., APs 1-3, which may coordinate to serve the STA0.
[00474] In one example, device 140 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the CE STA; device 102 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, the master AP, e.g., AP0; and/or device 160 (Fig. 1) may be configured to operate as, perform a role of, and/or perform one or more functionalities of, a secondary APs, e.g., of APs 1-3.
[00475] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, MACB data transmission 1400 may be over a channel of the 2.4 GHz band, denoted "2.4Ghz", and four channels, e.g., a first channel, a second channel, a third channel and a fourth channel, of the 5GHz band, denoted "5GHz chl-ch4".
[00476] In this example, the coordinated APs and the CE-STA are able to operate at the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands at the same time. [00477] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master APO, the secondary APsl-3, and/or third party devices may be configured to perform one or more operations, for example, when the master APO and/or the secondary APsl-3 have data to transmit to the STA0, e.g., as described below. [00478] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (APO) may check its NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands. If the NAV setting over the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands are clear or reset, the master APO may sense the four 5Ghz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band for a predefined time duration, e.g., a PIFS or any other duration, for example, immediately preceding its backoff expiration over the 2.4GHz band.
[00479] In some demonstrative embodiments, the master AP (APO) may perform one or more operations, for example, if the channel over the 2.4GHz band and one or more 20MHz channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band are idle, e.g., as described below.
[00480] In one example, as shown in Fig. 14, all the channels chl-ch4 over the 5GHz band may be idle.
[00481] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, the master AP (APO) may transmit a 20MHz MACB-RTS frame 1402 to the STA over the 2.4GHz band.
[00482] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, the STA may transmit a 20 MHz MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 to the coordinated APs (APs 0-3) over the 2.4GHz band.
[00483] In some demonstrative embodiments, if both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz band are idle at the same time, the CE STA may indicate in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 that the master AP is to transmit DL data packets to the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band and 5GHz band chl.
[00484] In some demonstrative embodiments, if both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz band are idle at the same time, the CE STA may indicate in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404 that APs 1-3 are to transmit DL data packet to the CE STA over the 5GHz band ch2- ch4. [00485] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, upon the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404, the coordinated APs0-3, which may be identified in the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404, may monitor their CCA 1405 over a channel on which they are assigned to transmit data packets to the STA.
[00486] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, an AP, each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a CTS-to-self frame 1406 to reserve the channel for the DL data transmission, and may send a DL data packet to the CE STA over an assigned channel, e.g., SIFS or any other time, after an end of CTS-to-self transmission 1406, for example, if the assigned channel is idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
[00487] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, the master AP0 may transmit a DL data packet 1408 over the 2.4 GHz band and a another DL data packet 1418 over the 5GHz channel chl.
[00488] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, an AP, each AP of APs 0-3, may transmit a DL data packet 1428 to the CE STA, for example, if the assigned 5GHz channels are idle for a predefined time duration, e.g. DIFS or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
[00489] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, the CE STA may transmit a block acknowledge (BA) 1419 to acknowledge data transmissions 1408, 1418 and 1428.
[00490] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, the master AP may send DL data packet 1408 to the CE STA over the 2.4GHz band, SIFS time or any other time, after the reception of the MACB -TRIGGER frame 1404.
[00491] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, at the same time, APsO-4 may monitor their CCA 1405 over the 5GHz band, and transmit CTS-to-self frame 1406 to reserve the channel for the following DL data transmission, e.g., if the assigned channel is idle.
[00492] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, for example, a SIFS time or any other time, after the end of CTS-to-self transmission 1406, the APsl-3 may send the DL data packet 1428 to the CE STA over the assigned 5GHz band channel. [00493] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, for example, a SIFS time or any other time after reception of the DL data packets 1408, 1418 and 1428 from all of the coordinated APs, the CE STA may feedback a BA frame 1419 to all of the coordinated APsO-3 over the 2.4GHz band.
[00494] In some demonstrative embodiments, after finishing the data transmissions 1408, 1418 and 1428 to the CE STA, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may monitor their CCA 1409 over the 2.4GHz band.
[00495] In some demonstrative embodiments, as shown in Fig. 14, each of the coordinated APs0-3 may transmit an MACB block acknowledge request 1410 (MACB-BA Req) to the STA, and may receive a BA frame 1412 from the CE STA, e.g., to acknowledge the MACB-BA Req 1410, for example, once they access the channel over the 2.4GHz band.
[00496] In some demonstrative embodiments, the CE STA may determine the MCS and/or resource unit (RU) that each AP of the associated APs0-3 can use to transmit the DL data packets to the STA, for example, based on the channel condition from the coordinated APs0-3 to the CE STA, the current available channel bandwidth over the 2.4GHz and/or 5GHz bands, the buffered data at all the coordinated APs for the STA, and/or any other condition.
[00497] In some demonstrative embodiments, the MCS and/or RU information may be indicated in the trigger frame 1404 sent by the CE STA to all of the coordinated APs over the 2.4GHz band. [00498] In some demonstrative embodiments, a SIFS time or any other time, after the reception of the trigger frame 1404 over 2.4GHz band, all of the coordinated APs may send DL data packets to the CE STA over an assigned RU with a selected MCS, e.g., as defined in trigger frame 1404.
[00499] Reference is made to Fig. 15, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 15 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1). [00500] As indicated at block 1502, the method may include sensing at a first AP an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels including a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to sense the idle/busy state of the plurality of channels including the primary channel and the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00501] As indicated at block 1504, the method may include, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a STA an MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to device 140 (Fig. 1) the MACB-RTS frame to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1), the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00502] As indicated at block 1506, the method may include receiving an MACB- trigger frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
[00503] As indicated at block 1508, the method may include transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above. [00504] Reference is made to Fig. 16, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 16 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1). [00505] As indicated at block 1602, the method may include, during communication between a first AP and a first STA over a primary channel of the first AP, detect at the first AP, an MACB-trigger frame from a second STA, the MACB -trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB DL transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP. For example, controller 174 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to, during communication between device 160 (Fig. 1) and device 180 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel of device 160 (Fig. 1), detect at device 160 (Fig. 1), the MACB- trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) to indicate the MACB time period of the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) including at least the first DL transmission from device 160 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel of device 160 (Fig. 1) and the second DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the secondary channel of device 160 (Fig. 1), e.g., as described above.
[00506] As indicated at block 1604, the method may include after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel. For example, controller 164 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to, after completion of the communication with device 180 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above.
[00507] Reference is made to Fig. 17, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 17 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
[00508] As indicated at block 1702, the method may include receiving at a STA an MACB-RTS frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-RTS frame from device 102 (Fig. 1) to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) during the MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and the one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00509] As indicated at block 1704, the method may include detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels including at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel including at least one of the one or more second channels. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to detect the one or more idle channels and the at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels including the at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel including the at least one of the one or more second channels, e.g., as described above.
[00510] As indicated at block 1706, the method may include transmitting an MACB- trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to transmit the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
[00511] As indicated at block 1708, the method may include during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions including at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, receive the one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions including at least the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) over the first channel, e.g., as described above.
[00512] As indicated at block 1710, the method may include during the MACB period, monitoring the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, monitor the busy channel for a DL transmission from device 160 (Fig. 1), e.g., as described above.
[00513] Reference is made to Fig. 18, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 18 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1). [00514] As indicated at block 1802, the method may include sensing at a first AP an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels including a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to sense the idle/busy state of the plurality of channels in the 5GHz band including the primary channel and the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00515] As indicated at block 1804, the method may include, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a STA an MACB-RTS frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to device 140 (Fig. 1) the MACB-RTS frame over the 2.4GHz band to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1), the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels, e.g., as described above.
[00516] As indicated at block 1806, the method may include receiving an MACB- trigger frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) over the 2.4GHz band to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above.
[00517] As indicated at block 1808, the method may include transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. For example, controller 124 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 102 (Fig. 1) to transmit the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel, e.g., as described above.
[00518] Reference is made to Fig. 19, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 19 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1).
[00519] As indicated at block 1902, the method may include receiving at a first AP an MACB-trigger frame from a STA to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB DL transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission including at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. For example, controller 174 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to receive the MACB-trigger frame from device 140 (Fig. 1) to indicate the MACB time period of the MACB DL transmission to device 160 (Fig. 1), the MACB DL transmission including at least the first DL transmission from device 160 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the first channel in the 5GHz band and the second DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the second channel in the in the 5 GHz band, the MACB-trigger frame to be received by device 160 (Fig. 1) over the 2.4 GHz band, e.g., as described above.
[00520] As indicated at block 1904, the method may include transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band. For example, controller 164 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 160 (Fig. 1) to transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the first channel in the 5Ghz band, e.g., as described above. [00521] Reference is made to Fig. 20, which schematically illustrates a method of MACB, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. For example, one or more of the operations of the method of Fig. 20 may be performed by one or more elements of a system, e.g., system 100 (Fig. 1), for example, one or more wireless devices, e.g., device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1) and/or device 180 (Fig. 1), a controller, e.g., controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1) and/or controller 174 (Fig. 1), a radio, e.g., radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1) and/or radio 164 (Fig. 1), and/or a message processor, e.g., message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1). [00522] As indicated at block 2002, the method may include receiving at a STA an MACB-RTS frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB DL transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to receive over the 2.4 GHz band the MACB-RTS frame from device 102 (Fig. 1) to request to reserve the wireless medium for the MACB DL transmission to device 140 (Fig. 1) during the MACB period, the MACB DL transmission including the first DL transmission from device 102 (Fig. 1) to device 140 (Fig. 1) over the primary channel in the 5GHz band and the one or more second DL transmissions from the one or more secondary APs, e.g., including device 160 (Fig. 1), to device 140 (Fig. 1) in the 5GHz band, e.g., as described above.
[00523] As indicated at block 2004, the method may include transmitting an MACB- trigger frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to transmit the MACB-trigger frame over the 2.4GHz band to trigger the MACB DL transmission, e.g., as described above. [00524] As indicated at block 2006, the method may include during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band. For example, controller 154 (Fig. 1) may be configured to cause, trigger, and/or control the wireless communication station implemented by device 140 (Fig. 1) to, during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the 5GHz band, e.g., as described above.
[00525] Reference is made to Fig. 21, which schematically illustrates a product of manufacture 2100, in accordance with some demonstrative embodiments. Product 2100 may include one or more tangible computer-readable ("machine-readable") non- transitory storage media 2102, which may include computer-executable instructions, e.g., implemented by logic 2104, operable to, when executed by at least one computer processor, enable the at least one computer processor to implement one or more operations at device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1), device 180 (Fig. 1), radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1), radio 164 (Fig. 1), transmitter 118 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), receiver 116 (Fig. 1), receiver 146 (Fig. 1), receiver 166 (Fig. 1), controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1), controller 174 (Fig. 1), message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1), to cause device 102 (Fig. 1), device 140 (Fig. 1), device 160 (Fig. 1), device 180 (Fig. 1), radio 114 (Fig. 1), radio 144 (Fig. 1), radio 164 (Fig. 1), transmitter 118 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), transmitter 148 (Fig. 1), receiver 116 (Fig. 1), receiver 146 (Fig. 1), receiver 166 (Fig. 1), controller 124 (Fig. 1), controller 154 (Fig. 1), controller 174 (Fig. 1), message processor 128 (Fig. 1), message processor 158 (Fig. 1) and/or message processor 178 (Fig. 1) to perform, trigger and/or implement one or more operations and/or functionalities, and/or to perform, trigger and/or implement one or more operations and/or functionalities described with reference to the Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 and/or 20, and/or one or more operations described herein. The phrases "non-transitory machine -readable medium" and "computer-readable non- transitory storage media" are directed to include all computer-readable media, with the sole exception being a transitory propagating signal.
[00526] In some demonstrative embodiments, product 2100 and/or machine-readable storage media 2102 may include one or more types of computer-readable storage media capable of storing data, including volatile memory, non-volatile memory, removable or non-removable memory, erasable or non-erasable memory, writeable or re-writeable memory, and the like. For example, machine-readable storage media 2102 may include, RAM, DRAM, Double-Data-Rate DRAM (DDR-DRAM), SDRAM, static RAM (SRAM), ROM, programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), Compact Disk ROM (CD-ROM), Compact Disk Recordable (CD-R), Compact Disk Rewriteable (CD-RW), flash memory (e.g., NOR or NAND flash memory), content addressable memory (CAM), polymer memory, phase-change memory, ferroelectric memory, silicon-oxide-nitride-oxide-silicon (SONOS) memory, a disk, a floppy disk, a hard drive, an optical disk, a magnetic disk, a card, a magnetic card, an optical card, a tape, a cassette, and the like. The computer-readable storage media may include any suitable media involved with downloading or transferring a computer program from a remote computer to a requesting computer carried by data signals embodied in a carrier wave or other propagation medium through a communication link, e.g., a modem, radio or network connection.
[00527] In some demonstrative embodiments, logic 2104 may include instructions, data, and/or code, which, if executed by a machine, may cause the machine to perform a method, process and/or operations as described herein. The machine may include, for example, any suitable processing platform, computing platform, computing device, processing device, computing system, processing system, computer, processor, or the like, and may be implemented using any suitable combination of hardware, software, firmware, and the like.
[00528] In some demonstrative embodiments, logic 2104 may include, or may be implemented as, software, a software module, an application, a program, a subroutine, instructions, an instruction set, computing code, words, values, symbols, and the like. The instructions may include any suitable type of code, such as source code, compiled code, interpreted code, executable code, static code, dynamic code, and the like. The instructions may be implemented according to a predefined computer language, manner or syntax, for instructing a processor to perform a certain function. The instructions may be implemented using any suitable high-level, low-level, object- oriented, visual, compiled and/or interpreted programming language, such as C, C++, Java, BASIC, Matlab, Pascal, Visual BASIC, assembly language, machine code, and the like. EXAMPLES
[00529] The following examples pertain to further embodiments.
[00530] Example 1 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
[00531] Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy. [00532] Example 3 includes the subject matter of Example 1 or 2, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00533] Example 4 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-3, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00534] Example 5 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-4, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00535] Example 6 includes the subject matter of Example 5, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00536] Example 7 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-6, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
[00537] Example 8 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-7, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
[00538] Example 9 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-8, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel. [00539] Example 10 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-6, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. [00540] Example 11 includes the subject matter of Example 10, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
[00541] Example 12 includes the subject matter of Example 11, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00542] Example 13 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-12, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00543] Example 14 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-13, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00544] Example 15 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-14, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
[00545] Example 16 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 10-15, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00546] Example 17 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-16, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00547] Example 18 includes the subject matter of Example 17, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00548] Example 19 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-18, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00549] Example 20 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-19, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. [00550] Example 21 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-20, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00551] Example 22 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 1-21, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas. [00552] Example 23 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
[00553] Example 24 includes the subject matter of Example 23, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00554] Example 25 includes the subject matter of Example 23 or 24, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00555] Example 26 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-25, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels. [00556] Example 27 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-26, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00557] Example 28 includes the subject matter of Example 27, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00558] Example 29 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-28, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
[00559] Example 30 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-29, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
[00560] Example 31 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-30, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel. [00561] Example 32 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-28, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. [00562] Example 33 includes the subject matter of Example 32, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
[00563] Example 34 includes the subject matter of Example 33, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00564] Example 35 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-34, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00565] Example 36 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-35, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00566] Example 37 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-36, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
[00567] Example 38 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 32-37, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00568] Example 39 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-38, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00569] Example 40 includes the subject matter of Example 39, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00570] Example 41 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-40, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00571] Example 42 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 23-41, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. [00572] Example 43 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
[00573] Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00574] Example 45 includes the subject matter of Example 43 or 44, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00575] Example 46 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-45, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels. [00576] Example 47 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-46, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00577] Example 48 includes the subject matter of Example 47, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00578] Example 49 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-48, and optionally, comprising duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
[00579] Example 50 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-49, and optionally, comprising duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
[00580] Example 51 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-50, and optionally, comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
[00581] Example 52 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-48, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the method comprising transmitting the MACB-RTS frame and receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00582] Example 53 includes the subject matter of Example 52, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band. [00583] Example 54 includes the subject matter of Example 53, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00584] Example 55 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-54, and optionally, comprising processing an indication in the MACB -trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00585] Example 56 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-55, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00586] Example 57 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-56, and optionally, comprising, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
[00587] Example 58 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 52-57, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00588] Example 59 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-58, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00589] Example 60 includes the subject matter of Example 59, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00590] Example 61 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-60, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00591] Example 62 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 43-61, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00592] Example 63 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. [00593] Example 64 includes the subject matter of Example 63, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00594] Example 65 includes the subject matter of Example 63 or 64, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00595] Example 66 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-65, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00596] Example 67 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-66, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00597] Example 68 includes the subject matter of Example 67, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00598] Example 69 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-68, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
[00599] Example 70 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-69, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels. [00600] Example 71 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-70, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB -trigger frame over the primary channel.
[00601] Example 72 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-69, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame and to receive the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00602] Example 73 includes the subject matter of Example 72, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
[00603] Example 74 includes the subject matter of Example 73, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00604] Example 75 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-74, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00605] Example 76 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-75, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00606] Example 77 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-76, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
[00607] Example 78 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 72-77, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00608] Example 79 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-78, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame. [00609] Example 80 includes the subject matter of Example 79, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00610] Example 81 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-80, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00611] Example 82 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 63-81, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00612] Example 83 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; means for, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; means for receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and means for transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. [00613] Example 84 includes the subject matter of Example 83, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00614] Example 85 includes the subject matter of Example 83 or 84, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00615] Example 86 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-85, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00616] Example 87 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-86, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00617] Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00618] Example 89 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-88, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
[00619] Example 90 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-89, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
[00620] Example 91 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-90, and optionally, comprising means for receiving the MACB-trigger frame over the primary channel. [00621] Example 92 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-88, and optionally, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for transmitting the MACB-RTS frame and receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00622] Example 93 includes the subject matter of Example 92, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel of the plurality of channels in the first frequency band.
[00623] Example 94 includes the subject matter of Example 93, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00624] Example 95 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-94, and optionally, comprising means for processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00625] Example 96 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-95, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00626] Example 97 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-96, and optionally, comprising means for, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel in the first frequency band based on a detection that the primary channel in the first frequency band is idle.
[00627] Example 98 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 92-97, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band. [00628] Example 99 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-98, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame. [00629] Example 100 includes the subject matter of Example 99, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00630] Example 101 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-100, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00631] Example 102 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 83-101, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00632] Example 103 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
[00633] Example 104 includes the subject matter of Example 103, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
[00634] Example 105 includes the subject matter of Example 103 or 104, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
[00635] Example 106 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-105, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
[00636] Example 107 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-106, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00637] Example 108 includes the subject matter of Example 107, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
[00638] Example 109 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-108, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
[00639] Example 110 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-108, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00640] Example 111 includes the subject matter of Example 110, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
[00641] Example 112 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-111, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame. [00642] Example 113 includes the subject matter of Example 112, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00643] Example 114 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-113, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00644] Example 115 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-114, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel. [00645] Example 116 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-115, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00646] Example 117 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 103-116, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
[00647] Example 118 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel. [00648] Example 119 includes the subject matter of Example 118, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
[00649] Example 120 includes the subject matter of Example 118 or 119, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission. [00650] Example 121 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-120, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
[00651] Example 122 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-121, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00652] Example 123 includes the subject matter of Example 122, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
[00653] Example 124 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-123, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
[00654] Example 125 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-123, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00655] Example 126 includes the subject matter of Example 125, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band.
[00656] Example 127 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-126, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
[00657] Example 128 includes the subject matter of Example 127, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00658] Example 129 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-128, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00659] Example 130 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 118-129, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
[00660] Example 131 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detecting a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel. [00661] Example 132 includes the subject matter of Example 131, and optionally, comprising transmitting the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA. [00662] Example 133 includes the subject matter of Example 131 or 132, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
[00663] Example 134 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-133, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
[00664] Example 135 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-134, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00665] Example 136 includes the subject matter of Example 135, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
[00666] Example 137 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-136, and optionally, comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel.
[00667] Example 138 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-136, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the method comprising receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00668] Example 139 includes the subject matter of Example 138, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band. [00669] Example 140 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-139, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00670] Example 141 includes the subject matter of Example 140, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00671] Example 142 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-141, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00672] Example 143 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 131-142, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
[00673] Example 144 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detect a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
[00674] Example 145 includes the subject matter of Example 144, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
[00675] Example 146 includes the subject matter of Example 144 or 145, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
[00676] Example 147 includes the subject matter of 144-146, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission.
[00677] Example 148 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-147, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00678] Example 149 includes the subject matter of Example 148, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
[00679] Example 150 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-149, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the secondary channel.
[00680] Example 151 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-149, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00681] Example 152 includes the subject matter of Example 151, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band. [00682] Example 153 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-152, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame. [00683] Example 154 includes the subject matter of Example 153, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00684] Example 155 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-154, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00685] Example 156 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 144-155, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
[00686] Example 157 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for, during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detecting a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB-trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and means for, after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
[00687] Example 158 includes the subject matter of Example 157, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
[00688] Example 159 includes the subject matter of Example 157 or 158, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Contention-Free End (CF-End) frame over the primary channel prior to transmission of the first DL transmission.
[00689] Example 160 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-159, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the primary channel to reserve the primary channel for the first DL transmission. [00690] Example 161 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-160, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00691] Example 162 includes the subject matter of Example 161, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the primary channel.
[00692] Example 163 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-162, and optionally, comprising means for receiving the MACB -trigger frame over the secondary channel. [00693] Example 164 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-162, and optionally, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for receiving the MACB -trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. [00694] Example 165 includes the subject matter of Example 164, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprise a first channel in a 2.4 Gigahertz (GHz)band, the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a second channel in the 5GHz band, and the second frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band. [00695] Example 166 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-165, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00696] Example 167 includes the subject matter of Example 166, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00697] Example 168 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-167, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the second STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00698] Example 169 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 157-168, and optionally, wherein the primary channel of the first AP comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the secondary channel of the first AP comprises a secondary 20MHz channel.
[00699] Example 170 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB-trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs. [00700] Example 171 includes the subject matter of Example 170, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00701] Example 172 includes the subject matter of Example 171, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
[00702] Example 173 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-172, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels. [00703] Example 174 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-173, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00704] Example 175 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-172, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00705] Example 176 includes the subject matter of Example 175, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00706] Example 177 includes the subject matter of Example 176, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00707] Example 178 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-177, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00708] Example 179 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-178, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00709] Example 180 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 175-179, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00710] Example 181 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-180, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00711] Example 182 includes the subject matter of Example 181, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00712] Example 183 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-182, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00713] Example 184 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-183, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
[00714] Example 185 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-184, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00715] Example 186 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 170-185, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
[00716] Example 187 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a wireless communication station (STA), the STA comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the STA to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs.
[00717] Example 188 includes the subject matter of Example 187, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00718] Example 189 includes the subject matter of Example 188, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel. [00719] Example 190 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-189, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00720] Example 191 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-190, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00721] Example 192 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-189, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the controller is configured to cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB-trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. [00722] Example 193 includes the subject matter of Example 192, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00723] Example 194 includes the subject matter of Example 193, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00724] Example 195 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-194, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00725] Example 196 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-195, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00726] Example 197 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 192-196, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00727] Example 198 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-197, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00728] Example 199 includes the subject matter of Example 198, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission. [00729] Example 200 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-199, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00730] Example 201 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 187-200, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
[00731] Example 202 includes a method to be performed at a wireless communication station (STA), the method comprising receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and during the MACB period, monitoring the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs.
[00732] Example 203 includes the subject matter of Example 202, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00733] Example 204 includes the subject matter of Example 203, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel. [00734] Example 205 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-204, and optionally, comprising receiving one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
I l l [00735] Example 206 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-205, and optionally, comprising transmitting one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00736] Example 207 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-204, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the method comprising receiving the MACB-RTS and transmitting the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00737] Example 208 includes the subject matter of Example 207, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00738] Example 209 includes the subject matter of Example 208, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00739] Example 210 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-209, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00740] Example 211 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-210, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00741] Example 212 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 207-211, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00742] Example 213 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-212, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission. [00743] Example 214 includes the subject matter of Example 213, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission. [00744] Example 215 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-214, and optionally, comprising transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00745] Example 216 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 202-215, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
[00746] Example 217 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs. [00747] Example 218 includes the subject matter of Example 217, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00748] Example 219 includes the subject matter of Example 218, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel.
[00749] Example 220 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-219, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to receive one or more duplicates of the MACB-RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00750] Example 221 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-220, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit one or more duplicates of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00751] Example 222 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-219, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to receive the MACB-RTS and to transmit the MACB -trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00752] Example 223 includes the subject matter of Example 222, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00753] Example 224 includes the subject matter of Example 223, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00754] Example 225 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-224, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00755] Example 226 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-225, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00756] Example 227 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 222-226, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00757] Example 228 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-227, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00758] Example 229 includes the subject matter of Example 228, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00759] Example 230 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-229, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00760] Example 231 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 217-230, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
[00761] Example 232 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a wireless communication station (STA), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels; means for detecting one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels; means for transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; means for, during the MACB period, receiving one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and means for, during the MACB period, monitoring the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs.
[00762] Example 233 includes the subject matter of Example 232, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00763] Example 234 includes the subject matter of Example 233, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise the at least one busy channel. [00764] Example 235 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-234, and optionally, comprising means for receiving one or more duplicates of the MACB- RTS frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00765] Example 236 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-235, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting one or more duplicates of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00766] Example 237 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-234, and optionally, wherein the first and second channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus comprising means for receiving the MACB-RTS and transmitting the MACB-trigger frame over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
[00767] Example 238 includes the subject matter of Example 237, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels.
[00768] Example 239 includes the subject matter of Example 238, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00769] Example 240 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-239, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB -trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00770] Example 241 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-240, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00771] Example 242 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 237-241, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band. [00772] Example 243 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-242, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00773] Example 244 includes the subject matter of Examples 237-23, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00774] Example 245 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-244, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00775] Example 246 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 232-245, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel. [00776] Example 247 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. [00777] Example 248 includes the subject matter of Example 247, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
[00778] Example 249 includes the subject matter of Example 248, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00779] Example 250 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-249, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00780] Example 251 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-250, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00781] Example 252 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-251, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
[00782] Example 253 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-252, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00783] Example 254 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-253, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00784] Example 255 includes the subject matter of Example 254, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00785] Example 256 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-255, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00786] Example 257 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-256, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00787] Example 258 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-257, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00788] Example 259 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-258, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00789] Example 260 includes the subject matter of Example 259, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00790] Example 261 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-260, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00791] Example 262 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-261, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00792] Example 263 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-262, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00793] Example 264 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 247-263, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
[00794] Example 265 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB- trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
[00795] Example 266 includes the subject matter of Example 265, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
[00796] Example 267 includes the subject matter of Example 266, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00797] Example 268 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-267, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00798] Example 269 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-268, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00799] Example 270 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-269, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
[00800] Example 271 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-270, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00801] Example 272 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-271, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
[00802] Example 273 includes the subject matter of Example 272, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00803] Example 274 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-273, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00804] Example 275 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-274, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00805] Example 276 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-275, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00806] Example 277 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-276, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00807] Example 278 includes the subject matter of Example 277, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00808] Example 279 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-278, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00809] Example 280 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 265-279, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. [00810] Example 281 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
[00811] Example 282 includes the subject matter of Example 281, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
[00812] Example 283 includes the subject matter of Example 282, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00813] Example 284 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-283, and optionally, comprising processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00814] Example 285 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-284, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00815] Example 286 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-285, and optionally, comprising, after receipt of the MACB -trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
[00816] Example 287 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-286, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00817] Example 288 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-287, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame. [00818] Example 289 includes the subject matter of Example 288, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00819] Example 290 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-289, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00820] Example 291 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-290, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00821] Example 292 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-291, and optionally, comprising allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels. [00822] Example 293 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-292, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00823] Example 294 includes the subject matter of Example 293, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00824] Example 295 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-294, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00825] Example 296 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 281-295, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00826] Example 297 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. [00827] Example 298 includes the subject matter of Example 297, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
[00828] Example 299 includes the subject matter of Example 298, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00829] Example 300 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-299, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to process an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to transmit another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00830] Example 301 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-300, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00831] Example 302 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-301, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to, after receipt of the MACB-trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmit a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS-to-self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
[00832] Example 303 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-302, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00833] Example 304 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-303, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame. [00834] Example 305 includes the subject matter of Example 304, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00835] Example 306 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-305, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00836] Example 307 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-306, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
[00837] Example 308 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-307, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00838] Example 309 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-308, and optionally, wherein the MACB -trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00839] Example 310 includes the subject matter of Example 309, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00840] Example 311 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-310, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00841] Example 312 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 297-311, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel. [00842] Example 313 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for sensing an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels; means for, when at least the primary channel is idle, transmitting to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; means for receiving an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and means for transmitting the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel. [00843] Example 314 includes the subject matter of Example 313, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
[00844] Example 315 includes the subject matter of Example 314, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00845] Example 316 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-315, and optionally, comprising means for processing an indication in the MACB-trigger frame from the STA that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, transmitting another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00846] Example 317 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-316, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more secondary channels for the MACB DL transmission. [00847] Example 318 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-317, and optionally, comprising means for, after receipt of the MACB -trigger frame and prior to transmission of the first DL transmission, transmitting a Clear-to-Send (CTS) to self (CTS -to- self) frame over the primary channel based on a detection that the primary channel is idle.
[00848] Example 319 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-318, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00849] Example 320 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-319, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00850] Example 321 includes the subject matter of Example 320, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00851] Example 322 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-321, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
[00852] Example 323 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-322, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame. [00853] Example 324 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-323, and optionally, comprising means for allowing the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
[00854] Example 325 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-324, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA- indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission. [00855] Example 326 includes the subject matter of Example 325, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
[00856] Example 327 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-326, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00857] Example 328 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 313-327, and optionally, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
[00858] Example 329 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00859] Example 330 includes the subject matter of Example 329, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
[00860] Example 331 includes the subject matter of Example 329 or 330, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00861] Example 332 includes the subject matter of Example 331, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band. [00862] Example 333 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-332, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00863] Example 334 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-333, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame.
[00864] Example 335 includes the subject matter of Example 334, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00865] Example 336 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-335, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00866] Example 337 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-336, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
[00867] Example 338 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-337, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00868] Example 339 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 329-338, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
[00869] Example 340 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a first Access Point (AP), the first AP comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the first AP to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00870] Example 341 includes the subject matter of Example 340, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission. [00871] Example 342 includes the subject matter of Example 340 or 341, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00872] Example 343 includes the subject matter of Example 342, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00873] Example 344 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-343, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00874] Example 345 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-344, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00875] Example 346 includes the subject matter of Example 345, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00876] Example 347 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-346, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00877] Example 348 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 340-347, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP. [00878] Example 349 includes a method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising receiving a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00879] Example 350 includes the subject matter of Example 349, and optionally, comprising transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission. [00880] Example 351 includes the subject matter of Example 349 or 350, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00881] Example 352 includes the subject matter of Example 351, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00882] Example 353 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-352, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00883] Example 354 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-353, and optionally, comprising configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame. [00884] Example 355 includes the subject matter of Example 354, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00885] Example 356 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-355, and optionally, comprising receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00886] Example 357 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 349-356, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
[00887] Example 358 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to receive a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and transmit, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00888] Example 359 includes the subject matter of Example 358, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to transmit a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission. [00889] Example 360 includes the subject matter of Example 358 or 359, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00890] Example 361 includes the subject matter of Example 360, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00891] Example 362 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-361, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band. [00892] Example 363 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-362, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame.
[00893] Example 364 includes the subject matter of Example 363, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission. [00894] Example 365 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-364, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00895] Example 366 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 358-365, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP.
[00896] Example 367 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a first Access Point (AP), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB-trigger) frame from a wireless communication station (STA) to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the STA over a second channel in the first frequency band, the MACB-trigger frame to be received by the first AP over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and means for transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the STA over the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00897] Example 368 includes the subject matter of Example 367, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a Clear to Send (CTS) to Self (CTS-to-Self) frame over the first channel in the first frequency band to reserve the first channel in the first frequency band for the first DL transmission.
[00898] Example 369 includes the subject matter of Example 367 or 268, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00899] Example 370 includes the subject matter of Example 369, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least the first channel in the first frequency band.
[00900] Example 371 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-370, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band. [00901] Example 372 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-371, and optionally, comprising means for configuring the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame.
[00902] Example 373 includes the subject matter of Example 372, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
[00903] Example 374 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-373, and optionally, comprising means for receiving a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00904] Example 375 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 367-374, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel of the first AP, and the second channel comprises a secondary 20MHz channel of the first AP. [00905] Example 376 includes an apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
[00906] Example 377 includes the subject matter of Example 376, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00907] Example 378 includes the subject matter of Example 377, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame. [00908] Example 379 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-378, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
[00909] Example 380 includes the subject matter of Example 379, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00910] Example 381 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-380, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00911] Example 382 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-381, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00912] Example 383 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-382, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band. [00913] Example 384 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-383, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00914] Example 385 includes the subject matter of Example 384, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission. [00915] Example 386 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-385, and optionally, wherein the apparatus is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00916] Example 387 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-386, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel. [00917] Example 388 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-387, and optionally, comprising a radio.
[00918] Example 389 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 376-388, and optionally, comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas. [00919] Example 390 includes a system of wireless communication comprising a wireless communication station (STA), the STA comprising one or more antennas; a radio; a memory; a processor; and a controller configured to cause the STA to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
[00920] Example 391 includes the subject matter of Example 390, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00921] Example 392 includes the subject matter of Example 391, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
[00922] Example 393 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-392, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band. [00923] Example 394 includes the subject matter of Example 393, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB -trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00924] Example 395 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-394, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00925] Example 396 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-395, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00926] Example 397 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-396, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00927] Example 398 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-397, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission. [00928] Example 399 includes the subject matter of Example 398, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00929] Example 400 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-399, and optionally, wherein the controller is configured to cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00930] Example 401 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 390-400, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel. [00931] Example 402 includes a method to be performed at a wireless communication station (STA), the method comprising receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB- trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
[00932] Example 403 includes the subject matter of Example 402, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00933] Example 404 includes the subject matter of Example 403, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
[00934] Example 405 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-404, and optionally, comprising duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
[00935] Example 406 includes the subject matter of Example 405, and optionally, comprising assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00936] Example 407 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-406, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00937] Example 408 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-407, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00938] Example 409 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-408, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00939] Example 410 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-409, and optionally, comprising including in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00940] Example 411 includes the subject matter of Example 410, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00941] Example 412 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-411, and optionally, comprising transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00942] Example 413 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 402-412, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel. [00943] Example 414 includes a product comprising one or more tangible computer- readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and during the MACB period, receive the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band.
[00944] Example 415 includes the subject matter of Example 414, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00945] Example 416 includes the subject matter of Example 415, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame. [00946] Example 417 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-416, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to duplicate transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
[00947] Example 418 includes the subject matter of Example 417, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power. [00948] Example 419 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-418, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, to receive from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band. [00949] Example 420 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-419, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission.
[00950] Example 421 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-420, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00951] Example 422 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-421, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to include in the MACB -trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00952] Example 423 includes the subject matter of Example 422, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB -trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00953] Example 424 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-423, and optionally, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the STA to transmit a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission. [00954] Example 425 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 414-424, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel.
[00955] Example 426 includes an apparatus of wireless communication by a wireless communication station (STA), the apparatus comprising means for receiving a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel in a first frequency band and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels in the first frequency band, the MACB-RTS frame to be received by the STA over a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; means for transmitting an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame over the second frequency band to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and means for, during the MACB period, receiving the MACB DL transmission over the first frequency band. [00956] Example 427 includes the subject matter of Example 426, and optionally, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
[00957] Example 428 includes the subject matter of Example 427, and optionally, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy channel, which is detected by the STA to be busy prior to transmission of the MACB-trigger frame.
[00958] Example 429 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-428, and optionally, comprising means for duplicating transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over one or more idle channels of the first and second channels in the first frequency band.
[00959] Example 430 includes the subject matter of Example 429, and optionally, comprising means for assigning a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB- trigger frame over the one or more idle channels in the first frequency band, and assigning a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-trigger frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
[00960] Example 431 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-430, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame an indication that the MACB DL transmission is to be communicated over the first and second frequency bands, and, based on the indication, receiving from the first AP another DL transmission of the MACB DL transmission over the second frequency band.
[00961] Example 432 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-431, and optionally, wherein the MACB-RTS frame comprises an indication of the one or more second channels for the MACB DL transmission. [00962] Example 433 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-432, and optionally, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
[00963] Example 434 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-433, and optionally, comprising means for including in the MACB-trigger frame configuration information to configure the first MACB DL transmission.
[00964] Example 435 includes the subject matter of Example 434, and optionally, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the MACB DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least one MCS for the MACB DL transmission.
[00965] Example 436 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-435, and optionally, comprising means for transmitting a block acknowledgement (BA) to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
[00966] Example 437 includes the subject matter of any one of Examples 426-436, and optionally, wherein the first channel comprises a first 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the one or more second channels comprise at least a second 20MHz channel and a 40MHz channel. [00967] Functions, operations, components and/or features described herein with reference to one or more embodiments, may be combined with, or may be utilized in combination with, one or more other functions, operations, components and/or features described herein with reference to one or more other embodiments, or vice versa. [00968] While certain features have been illustrated and described herein, many modifications, substitutions, changes, and equivalents may occur to those skilled in the art. It is, therefore, to be understood that the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications and changes as fall within the true spirit of the disclosure.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. An apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a first Access Point (AP) to:
sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels;
when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels;
receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA, the MACB- trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and
transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
2. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy.
3. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame when at least one of the one or more secondary channels is busy during a Point Inter Frame Space (PIFS) before transmission of the MACB-RTS frame.
4. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to allow the first AP to transmit the MACB-RTS frame during communication of at least one of the one or more second APs over at least one of the one or more secondary channels.
5. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
6. The apparatus of claim 5, wherein the one or more STA-indicated channels comprise at least one busy secondary channel.
7. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over one or more idle channels of the plurality of channels, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the primary channel.
8. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to cause the first AP to duplicate the MACB-RTS frame over the primary channel and each idle secondary channel of the one or more secondary channels.
9. The apparatus of claim 1 configured to cause the first AP to receive the MACB-trigger frame over the primary channel.
10. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the plurality of channels are in a first frequency band, the apparatus configured to cause the first AP to transmit the MACB- RTS frame and to receive the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
11. The apparatus of claim 10, wherein the first frequency band comprises a 5 Gigahertz (GHz) band, and the second frequency band comprises a 2.4GHz band.
12. The apparatus of any one of claims 1-11 configured to cause the first AP to configure the first DL transmission based on configuration information in the MACB- trigger frame.
13. The apparatus of claim 12, wherein the configuration information in the MACB-trigger frame comprises at least one of resource allocation information and Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, the resource allocation information to configure at least resource allocation for the first DL transmission, the MCS information to configure at least an MCS for the first DL transmission.
14. The apparatus of any one of claims 1-11 configured to cause the first AP to receive a block acknowledgement (BA) from the STA to acknowledge the first DL transmission.
15. The apparatus of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the primary channel comprises a primary 20 Megahertz (MHz) channel, and the plurality of secondary channels comprises at least a secondary 20MHz channel and a secondary 40MHz channel.
16. The apparatus of any one of claims 1-11 comprising a processor, a memory, and one or more antennas.
17. A method to be performed at a first Access Point (AP), the method comprising:
during communication between the first AP and a first wireless communication station (STA) over a primary channel of the first AP, detecting a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from a second STA, the MACB -trigger frame to indicate an MACB time period of an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the second STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising at least a first DL transmission from the first AP to the second STA over the primary channel of the first AP and a second DL transmission from a second AP to the second STA over a secondary channel of the first AP; and
after completion of the communication with the first STA over the primary channel, transmitting, during the MACB time period, the first DL transmission to the second STA over the primary channel.
18. The method of claim 17 comprising transmitting the first DL transmission after reception of an acknowledgement from the first STA over the primary channel, the acknowledgement to acknowledge completion of the communication with the first STA.
19. The method of claim 17, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the second STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
20. The method of any one of claims 17-19, wherein the primary channel and the secondary channel of the first AP are in a first frequency band, the method comprising receiving the MACB-trigger frame in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
21. An apparatus comprising logic and circuitry configured to cause a wireless communication station (STA) to:
receive a Multi Access Point (AP) Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame from a first AP to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA during an MACB period, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over a first channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more second channels;
detect one or more idle channels and at least one busy channel, the one or more idle channels comprising at least the first channel, the at least one busy channel comprising at least one of the one or more second channels;
transmit an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission;
during the MACB period, receive one or more DL transmissions over the one or more idle channels, the one or more DL transmissions comprising at least the first DL transmission from the first AP over the first channel; and
during the MACB period, monitor the at least one busy channel for at least one respective DL transmission from an AP of the one or more second APs.
22. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the MACB-trigger frame comprises one or more STA-indicated channels, which are indicated by the STA, for the MACB DL transmission.
23. A product comprising one or more tangible computer-readable non-transitory storage media comprising computer-executable instructions operable to, when executed by at least one processor, enable the at least one processor to cause a first Access Point (AP) to:
sense an idle/busy state of a plurality of channels in a first frequency band, the plurality of channels comprising a primary channel and a plurality of secondary channels;
when at least the primary channel is idle, transmit to a wireless station (STA) a Multi AP Channel Bonding (MACB) Request to Send (RTS) (MACB-RTS) frame over a second frequency band to request to reserve a wireless medium for an MACB Downlink (DL) transmission to the STA, the MACB DL transmission comprising a first DL transmission from the first AP to the STA over the primary channel and one or more second DL transmissions from one or more second APs to the STA over one or more secondary channels of the plurality of secondary channels; receive an MACB trigger (MACB -trigger) frame from the STA over the second frequency band, the MACB -trigger frame to trigger the MACB DL transmission; and
transmit the first DL transmission to the STA over the primary channel.
24. The product of claim 23, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to duplicate transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, the at least one idle channel comprising at least the primary channel.
25. The product of claim 24, wherein the instructions, when executed, cause the first AP to assign a first transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the at least one idle channel in the first frequency band, and to assign a second transmit power for transmission of the MACB-RTS frame over the second frequency band, the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
PCT/US2018/047012 2017-08-22 2018-08-19 Apparatus, system and method of multi access point (ap) channel bonding (macb) WO2019040345A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762548528P 2017-08-22 2017-08-22
US62/548,528 2017-08-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019040345A1 true WO2019040345A1 (en) 2019-02-28

Family

ID=65439858

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2018/047012 WO2019040345A1 (en) 2017-08-22 2018-08-19 Apparatus, system and method of multi access point (ap) channel bonding (macb)

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019040345A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111669830A (en) * 2020-05-19 2020-09-15 武汉领芯智能科技有限公司 WLAN communication method and device
WO2020182004A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Zte Corporation Multiple access point operation of wireless network

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150124681A1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronized group messaging
US20150288427A1 (en) * 2012-11-08 2015-10-08 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for medium access control for uniform multiple access points coverage in wireless local area networks
US20150295629A1 (en) * 2012-10-26 2015-10-15 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uniform wlan multi-ap physical layer methods
EP3043486A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-07-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and device for joint transmission
US20170104565A1 (en) * 2014-06-27 2017-04-13 Techflux, Ltd. Method and device for transmitting data

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150295629A1 (en) * 2012-10-26 2015-10-15 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uniform wlan multi-ap physical layer methods
US20150288427A1 (en) * 2012-11-08 2015-10-08 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for medium access control for uniform multiple access points coverage in wireless local area networks
EP3043486A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-07-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and device for joint transmission
US20150124681A1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronized group messaging
US20170104565A1 (en) * 2014-06-27 2017-04-13 Techflux, Ltd. Method and device for transmitting data

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020182004A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Zte Corporation Multiple access point operation of wireless network
US10985875B2 (en) 2019-03-08 2021-04-20 Zte Corporation Multiple access point operation of a wireless network
CN113796031A (en) * 2019-03-08 2021-12-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Multi-access point operation for wireless networks
CN111669830A (en) * 2020-05-19 2020-09-15 武汉领芯智能科技有限公司 WLAN communication method and device
CN111669830B (en) * 2020-05-19 2023-07-25 上海芯袖微电子科技有限公司 WLAN communication method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10045369B2 (en) Apparatus, method and system of multi-user downlink transmission
US9351313B2 (en) Device, system and method of communicating during a contention based access period
US10243630B2 (en) Apparatus, system and method of communicating via a plurality of sectorized antennas
CN108028686B (en) Apparatus, system, and method for communication based on clear channel assessment in one or more directions
US10009774B2 (en) Apparatus, system and method of wireless transmission over a bonded channel
US20170142721A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of communicating over a narrowband channel in a 2.4 gigahertz (ghz) frequency band
US11552680B2 (en) Apparatus, system and method of communicating a single-user (SU) multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) transmission
US20180288799A1 (en) Enhanced channel access mechanism to improve wireless uplink throughput performance
US20220116990A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of suspending a wireless communication
US10763956B2 (en) Mechanism to increase the transmission range of a cell edge station in a wireless network
WO2019040345A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of multi access point (ap) channel bonding (macb)
CN109690981B (en) Method and apparatus for calibrating antenna phase in wireless communication system using unlicensed frequency band
EP3117646A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of simultaneous wireless transmissions
US11089497B2 (en) Apparatus, system and method of wireless passive scanning
EP4211964A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of time allocation within a transmit opportunity
US20230328790A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of contending a wireless medium
US20220123882A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of wireless communication during a short-inter-frame-space (sifs)
US20210120497A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of multi-user (mu) transmission
US20220338026A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of communicating a beamformed transmission
WO2018128642A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of modifying a channel bandwidth during a transmit opportunity (txop)
WO2024072399A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of communicating during a transmit opportunity (txop) over a wireless communication channel

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18848513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18848513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1